8502CT0401 118248 Catalog

2014-09-05

: Pdf 118248-Catalog 118248-Catalog 785901 Batch7 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 120 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Heavy industrial power

applications

Motor contactors and starters

Catalog

January

2006

General contents

Heavy Industrial Power Applications

Motor Contactors and Starters

1 – Contactors and Starters, Type S, NEMA Style

2 – Combination Starters, Type S, NEMA Style

3 – Solid-State Overload Relays

4 – Definite Purpose Contactors

5 – Lighting Contactors

6 – Manual Starters and Switches

7 – Accessories

8 – Services

1/0

1/1

Contents

1 - Heavy Industrial Contactors and

Starters, Type S, NEMA Style

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/2

bContactors and starters

vGeneral, characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/4

bContactors, Class 8502

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/6

bReversing contactors, Class 8702

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/7

bStarters, Class 8536

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/8

bReversing starters, Class 8736

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/9

bContactors and starters

vVariants – Motor Logic®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/10

vVariants – Motor Logic® Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/11

vVariants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/12

vDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/14

1/2

Selection guide

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Contactors and starters

Applications Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters

NEMA Size 00 012

Continuous current

ratings

9 A 18 A 27 A 45 A

Motor

200 V 1.5 hp/1.1 kW 3 hp/2.2 kW 7.5 hp/5.5 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW

230 V 1.5 hp/1.1 kW 3 hp/2.2 kW 7.5 hp/5.5 kW 15 hp/11 kW

460 V 2 hp/1.5 kW 5 hp/3.7 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW 25 hp/18.5 kW

575 V 2 hp/1.5 kW 5 hp/3.7 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW 25 hp/18.5 kW

Enclosures Open NEMA

NEMA

Open NEMA

NEMA

Open NEMA

NEMA

Open NEMA

NEMA

- NEMA 1: General purpose

- NEMA 12: Dust-tight and

drip-tight for industrial use

Contactors 8502

SAO

8502

SAG

8502

SBA

8502

SBO

8502

SBG

8502

SBA

8502

SCO

8502

SCG

8502

SCA

8502

SDO

8502

SDG

8502

SDA

Pages 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6

Reversing contactors 8702

SAO

8702

SAG

8702

SBA

8702

SBO

8702

SBG

8702

SBA

8702

SCO

8702

SCG

8702

SCA

8702

SDO

8702

SDG

8702

SDA

Pages 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/7

Starters 8536

SAO

8536

SAG

8536

SBA

8536

SBO

8536

SBG

8536

SBA

8536

SCO

8536

SCG

8536

SCA

8536

SDO

8536

SDG

8536

SDA

Pages 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8

Reversing starters 8736

SAO

8736

SAG

8736

SBA

8736

SBO

8736

SBG

8736

SBA

8736

SCO

8736

SCG

8736

SCA

8736

SDO

8736

SDG

8736

SDA

Pages 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/9

531259

531260

531261

531262

1/3

Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters

34567

90 A 135 A 270 A 540 A 810 A

25 hp/18.5 kW 40 hp/30 kW 75 hp/55 kW 150 hp/110 kW –

30 hp/22 kW 50 hp/37 kW 100 hp/75 kW 200 hp/150 kW 300 hp/220 kW

50 hp/37 kW 100 hp/75 kW 200 hp/150 kW 400 hp/300 kW 600 hp/450 kW

Open NEMA

NEMA

Open NEMA

NEMA

Open NEMA

NEMA

Open NEMA

NEMA

Open NEMA

NEMA

8502

SEO

8502

SEG

8502

SEA

8502

SFO

8502

SFG

8502

SFA

8502

SGO

8502

SGG

8502

SGA

8502

SHO

8502

SHG

8502

SHA

8502

SJO

8502

SJG

8502

SJA

1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6 1/6

8702

SEO

8702

SEG

8702

SEA

8702

SFO

8702

SFG

8702

SFA

8702

SGO

8702

SGG

8702

SGA

8702

SHO

8702

SHG

8702

SHA

8702

SJO

8702

SJG

8702

SJA

1/7 1/7 1/7 1/7 1/7

8536

SEO

8536

SEG

8536

SEA

8536

SFO

8536

SFG

8536

SFA

8536

SGO

8536

SGG

8536

SGA

8536

SHO

8536

SHG

8536

SHA

8536

SJO

8536

SJG

8536

SJA

1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8

8736

SEO

8736

SEG

8736

SEA

8736

SFO

8736

SFG

8736

SFA

8736

SGO

8736

SGG

8736

SGA

8736

SHO

8736

SHG

8736

SHA

8736

SJO

8736

SJG

8736

SJA

1/9 1/9 1/9 1/9 1/9

531263

531264

531265

531266

1/4

General,

characteristics

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Contactors and starters

General

Full-voltage contactors

Class 8502 Type S magnetic contactors are used to switch heating loads,

capacitors, transformers and electric motors where overload protection is provided

separately. Class 8502 contactors are available in NEMA Sizes 00 to 7. Type S

contactors are designed for operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz.

Full-voltage starters

Class 8536 Type S magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting and stopping

of a.c. squirrel-cage motors. Motor overload protection is provided via solid-state

overload relays. Type S starters are available in NEMA Sizes 00 to 7 and are

designed for operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz.

Full-voltage reversing contactors

Class 8702 Type S reversing magnetic contactors are used for starting, stopping and

reversing a.c. motors where overload protection is provided separately. Class 8702

reversing contactors consist of two Class 8502 contactors mechanically and

electrically interlocked. Open-type devices, Sizes 0 to 5, are available in either

horizontal or vertical arrangements. Sizes 00, 6 and 7 are available as horizontal

only. Enclosed devices Size 00 to 7 use horizontally arranged components. Type S

reversing contactors are designed for operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz.

Full-voltage reversing starters

Class 8736 Type S reversing magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting,

stopping and reversing of a.c. squirrel-cage motors. Class 8736 starters consist of

one Class 8502 contactor and one Class 8536 starter mechanically and electrically

interlocked. Open-type devices, Sizes 0 to 5, are available in either horizontal or

vertical arrangements. Sizes 00, 6 and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed

devices use horizontally arranged components. Type S starters are designed for

operation up to a 600 V, 50 to 60 Hz.

Characteristics

Environment

Class 8502, 8536, 8702, 8736

Size 00 01234567

Rated insulation voltage

Conforming to UL, CSA V600

Rated impulse withstand voltage kV 510 18

Conforming to standards NEMA ICS-1, ICS-2, UL 508

Product certifications

Type S

magnetic contactors

and starters

UL Yes

CSA Yes

eYes No

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage °C 0…40

Operation °C 0…40

Maximum operating altitude Without derating m1300

Operating position (1) Without derating ± 90° Vertical

(1) ± 90° degrees possible in relation to normal vertical mounting plane.

Type SCO 2

Size 1, 3-pole contactor

531007

Starter with

Motor Logic

solid-state overload relay

531008

Size 00, 0, 1

reversing contactor

(horizontal type)

531010

Reversing starter with

Motor Logic

solid-state overload relay

(vertical type)

531011

References:

pages 1/6 to 1/13

Dimensions:

pages 1/14 to 1/17

1/5

Characteristics (continued)

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Contactors and starters

Characteristics (continued)

Pole characteristics

Class 8502, 8536, 8702, 8736

Size 00 01234567

Number of poles 3-pole devices 3

Rated operational voltage Up to V600

Frequency limits Of the operational current Hz 50/60

Conventional rated thermal current A918 27 45 90 135 270 540 810

Rated making capacity At 600 V 10 x rated current

Rated breaking capacity At 600 V 10 x rated current

Permissible short time

rating

Service limit current A11 21 32 52 104 156 311 621 932

a.c. control circuit characteristics

Class 8502, 8536, 8702, 8736

Size 00 01234567

Rated control circuit voltage V600

Average consumption 50 Hz Inrush VA N/A 232 232 296 676 1260 1300 1495 (1) –

Sealed VA N/A 26 26 36 47 89 14 56 (1) –

Average consumption 60 Hz Inrush VA 165 245 245 311 700 1185 1300 1780 (1) 1960 (1)

Sealed VA 33 27 27 37 46 85 14 48 (1) 59 (1)

Heat dissipation 50/60Hz 50 Hz WN/A 7.7 7.7 12 15 23.4 13 27 –

60 Hz W67.8 7.8 14 14 22 13 32 36

Operating time (2) Closing "C" ms 9.1 - 23.2 8.4 - 20.1 8.4 - 20.1 14.6 - 27.6 17.3 - 32.3 13.0- 43.9 40 - 60 57.0- 74.0 43.8

Opening "O" ms 5.29 - 15.9 2.4 - 15.9 2.4 - 15.9 16.3 - 22.8 9.6 - 18.7 11.2 -21.7 50 - 75 28.3 - 31.8 54.3

Mechanical life In millions of op. cycles 610 10 10 5321.5 0.5

Maximum operating rate (3) In op. cycles per hour 9000 9000 9000 5400 4500 4500 180 180 180

Power circuit connections (connection via lug)

Type of lug Screw clamp terminal Box lug Parallel groove

Wire sizes (Min./max.) Solid or stranded copper

wire (AWG)

#14–#8 #14–#8 #14–#8 #14–#4 #14–

#1/0

#8–

250kcmil

#4–

500kcmil

1 or 2,

250–

500kcmil

per phase

1 to 4,

250–

500kcmil

per phase

Control circuit connections (connection via lug)

Type of lug Screw clamp terminal

Wire sizes (Min./max.) Solid or stranded copper

wire (AWG)

#16–#12

(1) Size 6 and 7 have a d.c. coil. The values shown are for the a.c. input to the d.c. power supply that provides power to the coil.

(2) The closing time "C" is measured from the moment that the coil supply is switched on to the initial contact of the main poles. The opening time "O" is measured

from the moment that the coil supply is switched off to the moment that the main poles separate.

(3) Operating cycles are without a load (mechanical life).

References:

pages 1/6 to 1/13

Dimensions:

pages 1/14 to 1/17

1/6

References

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Contactors Class 8502

3-pole contactors

NEMA

Size

Standard power ratings of 3-phase

motors 50/60 Hz

Motor volts

Contin-

uous

current

ratings

Enclosure

type (1)

Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit voltage

(2) and optional

variants (3)

Weight

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V

hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Akg (lb)

00 1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 21.5 21.5 9 Open 8502 SAO 12 ppp 2 (4)

NEMA 1 8502 SAG 12 ppp 3 (7.5)

NEMA 12 8502 SBA 2 ppp 7 (15)

032.2 32.2 53.7 53.7 18 Open 8502 SBO 2 ppp 2 (4)

NEMA 1 8502 SBG 2 ppp 3 (7.5)

NEMA 12 8502 SBA 2 ppp 7 (15)

17.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 10 7.5 27 Open 8502 SCO 2 ppp 2 (4)

NEMA 1 8502 SCG 2 ppp 3 (7.5)

NEMA 12 8502 SCA 2 ppp 7 (15)

210 7.5 15 11 25 18.5 25 18.5 45 Open 8502 SDO 2 ppp 3 (6.75)

NEMA 1 8502 SDG 2 ppp 7 (14.5)

NEMA 12 8502 SDA 2 ppp 10 (22)

325 18.5 30 22 50 37 50 37 90 Open 8502 SEO 2 ppp 6 (14)

NEMA 1 8502 SEG 2 ppp 15 (34)

NEMA 12 8502 SEA 2 ppp 29 (65)

440 30 50 37 100 75 100 75 135 Open 8502 SFO 2 ppp 8 (18)

NEMA 1 8502 SFG 2 ppp 24 (52)

NEMA 12 8502 SFA 2 ppp 31 (69)

575 55 100 75 200 150 200 150 270 Open 8502 SGO 2 ppp 20 (45)

NEMA 1 8502 SGG 2 ppp 65 (143)

NEMA 12 8502 SGA 2 ppp 72 (160)

6150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300 540 Open 8502 SHO 2 ppp 32 (80)

NEMA 1 8502 SHG 2 ppp 103 (226)

NEMA 12 8502 SHA 2 ppp 103 (228)

7– – 300 220 600 450 600 450 810 Open 8502 SJO 2 ppp 61 (135)

NEMA 1 8502 SJG 2 ppp 154 (340)

NEMA 12 8502 SJA 2 ppp 196 (433)

(1) Open: no enclosure (“O”).

NEMA 1: General purpose enclosure (“G”).

NEMA 12: Dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure (“A”).

(2) Standard control circuit voltage:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 600

50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – V05 V06 – V07 –

60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 – – V06 – V07

24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8502 SAO 12 V01S.

(3) For optional variants, see pages 1/10 to 1/13.

8502 SCO 2

ppp

531007

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

Dimensions:

pages 1/14 to 1/17

1/7

References

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Reversing contactors Class 8702

3-pole reversing contactors

NEMA

Size

Standard power ratings of 3-phase

motors 50/60 Hz

Motor volts

Contin-

uous

current

ratings

Enclosure

type (1)

Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit voltage

(2) and optional

variants (3)

Weight

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V

hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Akg (lb)

00 1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 21.5 21.5 9 Open/Horizontal Type 8702 SAO 4 ppp 5 (12)

NEMA 1 8702 SAG 4 ppp 7 (16)

NEMA 12 8702 SBA 4 ppp 10 (23)

032.2 32.2 53.7 53.7 18 Open/Vertical Type 8702 SBO 12 ppp 5 (12)

Open/Horizontal Type 8702 SBO 4 ppp 5 (12)

NEMA 1 8702 SBG 4 ppp 7 (16)

NEMA 12 8702 SBA 4 ppp 10 (23)

17.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 10 7.5 27 Open/Vertical Type 8702 SCO 7 ppp 5 (12)

Open/Horizontal Type 8702 SCO 8 ppp 5 (12)

NEMA 1 8702 SCG 8 ppp 7 (16)

NEMA 12 8702 SCA 4 ppp 10 (23)

210 7.5 15 11 25 18.5 25 18.5 45 Open/Vertical Type 8702 SDO 1 ppp 7 (16)

Open/Horizontal Type 8702 SDO 2 ppp 7 (16)

NEMA 1 8702 SDG 2 ppp 11 (24)

NEMA 12 8702 SDA 1 ppp 14 (31)

325 18.5 30 22 50 37 50 37 90 Open/Vertical Type 8702 SEO 1 ppp 15 (35)

Open/Horizontal Type 8702 SEO 2 ppp 15 (35)

NEMA 1 8702 SEG 2 ppp 43 (95)

NEMA 12 8702 SEA 1 ppp 44 (96)

440 30 50 37 100 75 100 75 135 Open/Vertical Type 8702 SFO 1 ppp 20 (45)

Open/Horizontal Type 8702 SFO 3 ppp 20 (45)

NEMA 1 8702 SFG 3 ppp 43 (95)

NEMA 12 8702 SFA 1 ppp 44 (96)

575 55 100 75 200 150 200 150 270 Open/Vertical Type 8702 SGO 1 ppp 44 (98)

Open/Horizontal Type 8702 SGO 3 ppp 44 (98)

NEMA 1 8702 SGG 3 ppp 135 (298)

NEMA 12 8702 SGA 1 ppp 137 (302)

6150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300 540 Open/Horizontal Type 8702 SHO 1 ppp 88 (195)

NEMA 1 8702 SHG 1 ppp 181 (400)

NEMA 12 8702 SHA 1 ppp 222 (490)

7– – 300 220 600 450 600 450 810 Open/Horizontal Type 8702 SJO 1 ppp 141 (310)

NEMA 1 8702 SJG 1 ppp 233 (514)

NEMA 12 8702 SJA 1 ppp 275 (607)

(1) Open: no enclosure (“O”).

NEMA 1: General purpose enclosure (“G”).

NEMA 12: Dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure (“A”).

(2) Standard control circuit voltage:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 600

50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – V05 V06 – V07 –

60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 – – V06 – V07

24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8702 SAO 4 V01S.

(3) For optional variants, see pages 1/10 to 1/13.

8702 SAO 4

ppp

(horizontal type)

531010

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

Dimensions:

pages 1/14 to 1/17

1/8

References

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Starters Class 8536

3-pole starters

NEMA

Size

Standard power ratings of 3-phase

motors 50/60 Hz

Motor volts

Contin-

uous

current

ratings

Enclosure

type (1)

Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit voltage

(2) and optional

variants (3) and “H”

code (4)

Weight

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V

hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Akg (lb)

00 1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 21.5 21.5 9 Open 8536 SAO 12 (2) (3) (4) 2 (4)

NEMA 1 8536 SAG 12 (2) (3) (4) 3 (8)

NEMA 12 8536 SBA 2 (2) (3) (4) 7 (16)

032.2 32.2 53.7 53.7 18 Open 8536 SBO 2 (2) (3) (4) 2 (4)

NEMA 1 8536 SBG 2 (2) (3) (4) 4 (8)

NEMA 12 8536 SBA 2 (2) (3) (4) 7 (16)

17.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 10 7.5 27 Open 8536 SCO 3 (2) (3) (4) 2 (4)

NEMA 1 8536 SCG 3 (2) (3) (4) 3 (8)

NEMA 12 8536 SCA 3 (2) (3) (4) 7 (16)

210 7.5 15 11 25 18.5 25 18.5 45 Open 8536 SDO 1 (2) (3) (4) 3 (6.75)

NEMA 1 8536 SDG 1 (2) (3) (4) 7 15.5)

NEMA 12 8536 SDA 1 (2) (3) (4) 10 (23)

325 18.5 30 22 50 37 50 37 90 Open 8536 SEO 1 (2) (3) (4) 6 (14)

NEMA 1 8536 SEG 1 (2) (3) (4) 17 (37)

NEMA 12 8536 SEA 1 (2) (3) (4) 31 (68)

440 30 50 37 100 75 100 75 135 Open 8536 SFO 1 (2) (3) (4) 8 (18)

NEMA 1 8536 SFG 1 (2) (3) (4) 25 (56)

NEMA 12 8536 SFA 1 (2) (3) (4) 33 (73)

575 55 100 75 200 150 200 150 270 Open 8536 SGO 1 (2) (3) (4) 20 (45)

NEMA 1 8536 SGG 1 (2) (3) (4) 73 (160)

NEMA 12 8536 SGA 1 (2) (3) (4) 80 (177)

6150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300 540 Open 8536 SHO 2 (2) (3) (4) 32 (80)

NEMA 1 8536 SHG 2 (2) (3) (4) 105 (231)

NEMA 12 8536 SHA 2 (2) (3) (4) 106 (233)

7– – 300 220 600 450 600 450 810 Open 8536 SJO 2 (2) (3) (4) 61 (135)

NEMA 1 8536 SJG 2 (2) (3) (4) 130 (287)

NEMA 12 8536 SJA 2 (2) (3) (4) 140 (309)

(1) Open: no enclosure (“O”).

NEMA 1: General purpose enclosure (“G”).

NEMA 12: Dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure (“A”).

(2) Standard control circuit voltage:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 600

50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – V05 V06 – V07 –

60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 – – V06 – V07

24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8536 SAO 12 V01 H10S.

(3) For optional variants, see pages 1/10 to 1/13.

(4) To complete the "H" code for solid-state overload relays, see page 1/10.

8536 SAO 12 V02 H20

531008

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

Dimensions:

pages 1/14 to 1/17

1/9

References

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Reversing starters Class 8736

3-pole reversing starters

NEMA

Size

Standard power ratings of 3-phase

motors 50/60 Hz

Motor volts

Contin-

uous

current

ratings

Enclosure

type (1)

Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit voltage

(2) and optional

variants (3) and “H”

code (4)

Weight

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V

hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Akg (lb)

00 1.5 1.1 1.5 1.1 21.5 21.5 9 Open/Horizontal Type 8736 SAO 16 (2) (3) (4) 6 (13)

NEMA 1 8736 SAG 16 (2) (3) (4) 8 (17)

NEMA 12 8736 SBA 4 (2) (3) (4) 11 (24)

032.2 32.2 53.7 53.7 18 Open/Vertical Type 8736 SBO 10 (2) (3) (4) 6 (13)

Open/Horizontal Type 8736 SBO 4 (2) (3) (4) 6 (13)

NEMA 1 8736 SBG 4 (2) (3) (4) 8 (17)

NEMA 12 8736 SBA 4 (2) (3) (4) 11 (24)

17.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 10 7.5 27 Open/Vertical Type 8736 SCO 7 (2) (3) (4) 6 (13)

Open/Horizontal Type 8736 SCO 8 (2) (3) (4) 6 (13)

NEMA 1 8736 SCG 8 (2) (3) (4) 8 (17)

NEMA 12 8736 SCA 4 (2) (3) (4) 11 (24)

210 7.5 15 11 25 18.5 25 18.5 45 Open/Vertical Type 8736 SDO 1 (2) (3) (4) 8 (18)

Open/Horizontal Type 8736 SDO 2 (2) (3) (4) 8 (18)

NEMA 1 8736 SDG 2 (2) (3) (4) 11 (25)

NEMA 12 8736 SDA 1 (2) (3) (4) 15 (32)

325 18.5 30 22 50 37 50 37 90 Open/Vertical Type 8736 SEO 1 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

Open/Horizontal Type 8736 SEO 2 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

NEMA 1 8736 SEG 2 (2) (3) (4) 44 (98)

NEMA 12 8736 SEA 1 (2) (3) (4) 45 (99)

440 30 50 37 100 75 100 75 135 Open/Vertical Type 8736 SFO 1 (2) (3) (4) 22 (48)

Open/Horizontal Type 8736 SFO 3 (2) (3) (4) 22 (48)

NEMA 1 8736 SFG 3 (2) (3) (4) 44 (98)

NEMA 12 8736 SFA 1 (2) (3) (4) 45 (99)

575 55 100 75 200 150 200 150 270 Open/Vertical Type 8736 SGO 1 (2) (3) (4) 52 (115)

Open/Horizontal Type 8736 SGO 3 (2) (3) (4) 52 (115)

NEMA 1 8736 SGG 3 (2) (3) (4) 143 (315)

NEMA 12 8736 SGA 1 (2) (3) (4) 145 (319)

6150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300 540 Open/Horizontal Type 8736 SHO 1 (2) (3) (4) 91 (200)

NEMA 1 8736 SHG 1 (2) (3) (4) 184 (405)

NEMA 12 8736 SHA 1 (2) (3) (4) 225 (495)

7– – 300 220 600 450 600 450 810 Open/Horizontal Type 8736 SJO 1 (2) (3) (4) 143 (315)

NEMA 1 8736 SJG 1 (2) (3) (4) 236 (521)

NEMA 12 8736 SJA 1 (2) (3) (4) 280 (618)

(1) Open: no enclosure (“O”).

NEMA 1: General purpose enclosure (“G”).

NEMA 12: Dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure (“A”).

(2) Standard control circuit voltage:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 600

50 Hz –V02––V03–V05V06–V07–

60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 – – V06 – V07

24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form "S" for separate control. Example: 8736 SAO 16 V01 H10S.

(3) For optional variants, see pages 1/10 to 1/13.

(4) To complete the "H" code for solid-state overload relays, see page 1/10.

8736 SAO 16 V02 H20

(vertical type)

531011

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

Dimensions:

pages 1/14 to 1/17

1/10

References,

associations

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Variants – Motor Logic® Overload Relay

Variants – Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

Type For use on Description Overload relay

range

Suffix to the

starter reference

(1)

Weight

Class Enclosure

Type

kg (lb)

Motor Logic

solid state

overload relays

(no additional

auxiliary contact)

8536,

8736

Open,

NEMA 1,

NEMA 12

Base unit, trip class 10 (2) H10 –

Base unit, trip class 20 (2) H20 –

Feature unit (2) H30 –

Motor Logic

solid state

overload relays

(with additional

auxiliary contact)

8536,

8736

Open,

NEMA 1,

NEMA 12

Base unit, trip class 10 (2) H11 –

Base unit, trip class 20 (2) H21 –

Feature unit (2) H31 –

(1) Example: 8536 SAO 12 V01 H10.

(2) Standard current ranges, depending on contactor size:

Size 00 0 1234567

Current ranges A 3…9 6…18 9…27 15…45 30…90 40…135 90…270 180…540

(3)

270…810

(4)

(3) Only available with feature unit.

(4) Only available with feature unit with auxiliary contact.

Associations

Contactor

Size

Trip type Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

auxiliary

contact

With

auxiliary

contact

auxiliary

contact

With

auxiliary

contact

auxiliary

contact

With

auxiliary

contact

auxiliary

contact

With

auxiliary

contact

auxiliary

contact

With

auxiliary

contact

Size 00C (3–9 A) Size 00B (1.5–4.5 A)

00 Class 10 H10 H11 H108 H118

Class 20 H20 H21 H208 H218

Class 10/20

(selectable)

H30 H31 H308 H318

Size 0 (6–18 A) Size 00C (3–9 A) Size 00B (1.5–4.5 A)

0 Class 10 H10 H11 H109 H119 H108 H118

Class 20 H20 H21 H209 H219 H208 H218

Class 10/20

(selectable)

H30 H31 H309 H319 H308 H318

Size 1 (9–27 A) Size 0 (6–18 A) Size 00C (3–9 A) Size 00B (1.5–4.5 A)

1 Class 10 H10 H11 H100 H110 H109 H119 H108 H118

Class 20 H20 H21 H200 H210 H209 H219 H208 H218

Class 10/20

(selectable)

H30 H31 H300 H310 H309 H319 H308 H318

Size 2 (15–45 A) Size 1 (9–27 A) Size 0 (6–18 A) Size 00C (3–9 A) Size 00B (1.5–4.5 A)

2 Class 10 H10 H11 H101 H111 H100 H110 H109 H119 – –

Class 20 H20 H21 H201 H211 H200 H210 H209 H219 – –

Class 10/20

(selectable)

H30 H31 H301 H311 H300 H310 H309 H319 H308 H318

Size 3 (30–90 A)

3 Class 10 H10 H11

Class 20 H20 H21

Class 10/20

(selectable)

H30 H31

Size 4 (45–135 A) Size 3 (30–90 A)

4 Class 10 H10 H11 H103 H113

Class 20 H20 H21 H203 H213

Class 10/20

(selectable)

H30 H31 H303 H313

Size 5 (90–270 A)

5 Class 10 H10 H11

Class 20 H20 H21

Class 10/20

(selectable)

H30 H31

Available codes

Not available

H10

531123

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

Dimensions:

pages 1/14 to 1/17

1/11

References (continued)

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Variants – Motor Logic® Plus overload relay

(1) Example: 8536 SAO 12 V01 B20S.

Variants – Motor Logic Plus solid-state overload relays

Description For use on Motor Logic

Plus current

ranges

Factory modification Suffix to the

starter reference

(1)

Weight

Class/

Enclosure

type

Akg (lb)

Motor Logic

Plus

solid-state

overload relays

8536, 8736

Open type

0.5…2.3 No modification for 200–480 V B20 –

No modification for 600 V B24 –

2…9 No modification for 200–480 V B30 –

No modification for 600 V B34 –

6…27 No modification for 200–480 V B40 –

No modification for 600 V B44 –

10…45 No modification for 200–480 V B50 –

No modification for 600 V B54 –

20…90 No modification for 200–480 V B60 –

No modification for 600 V B64 –

60…135 No modification for 200–480 V B70 –

No modification for 600 V B74 –

120…270 No modification for 200–480 V B80 –

No modification for 600 V B84 –

240…540 No modification for 200–480 V B90 –

No modification for 600 V B94 –

B20

531202

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

Dimensions:

pages 1/14 to 1/17

1/12

References

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Variants

Variants – Operators

Description For use on Colour/Marking Suffix to the

contactor or

starter reference

(1)

Weight

Class Enclosure

type

kg (lb)

Push buttons 8502, 8536 NEMA 1, 12 "Start-Stop" A–

8702, 8736 NEMA 1, 12 "Forward-Reverse-Stop" A1 –

"High-Low-Stop" A2 –

Pilot lights

without operating interlock

(2)

8502, 8536,

8702, 8736

NEMA 1 Red P1 –

Green P2 –

Amber P3 –

Clear P4 –

Push-to-test pilot lights

without operating interlock

(2)

8502, 8536,

8702, 8736

NEMA 12 Red P21 –

Green P22 –

Amber P23 –

Clear P24 –

Yellow P25 –

LED pilot lights 8502, 8536,

8702, 8736

NEMA 1 Red P51 –

Green P52 –

Yellow P55 –

Special wiring 8502, 8536,

8702, 8736

NEMA 1 Red/"Off" P71 –

Green/"On" P72 –

Selector switches 8502, 8536,

8702, 8736

NEMA 1,

NEMA 12

"Hand-Off-Auto" C–

8702, 8736 NEMA 1,

NEMA 12

"On-Off" C6 –

"Forward-Off-Reverse" C14 –

"Forward-Reverse" C20 –

Variants – Transformers

Description For use on Functions Suffix to the

contactor or

starter reference

(1)

Weight

Class Enclosure

type

kg (lb)

Separate control circuit 8502, 8536,

8702, 8736

NEMA 1, 12 Specify voltage and frequency S–

Fused control circuit

without transformer

8502, 8536,

8702, 8736

NEMA 1, 12 One fuse F–

Two fuses F4 –

Control circuit transformers

standard capacity (50/60 Hz)

(3)

8502, 8536,

8702, 8736

NEMA 1, 12 Fuses: 2 (primary), 0 (secondary) F4T (4) –

Fuses: 2 (primary), 1 (secondary) FF4T –

Fuses: 1 (primary), 2 (secondary) (5) F1F10T –

Fuses: 2 (primary), 2 (secondary) F4F10T –

Additional capacity

(50/60 Hz) Two fuses in primary

(3)

8502, 8536,

8702, 8736

NEMA 1, 12 100 VA additional capacity F4T11 (6) –

200 VA additional capacity F4T12 (6) –

Additional capacity

(50/60 Hz) Two fuses in primary

and one fuse in secondary (3)

8502, 8536,

8702, 8736

NEMA 1, 12 100 VA additional capacity FF4T11 –

(1) Example: 8536 SAG 12 V01 A P1 P2. All suffixes are listed in alphanumeric order after the voltage code.

(2) Unless otherwise requested, the standard practice is to wire the red pilot light to indicate that the device is energized. No

additional auxiliary contact is required. Also, standard practice is to wire the green pilot light to indicate that the device is de-

energized. An additional normally closed auxiliary contact is required; please consult your regional sales office.

(3) Control circuit transformer selection table:

Primary-secondary 120-24 (7) 208-120 240-24 (7) 240-120 277-120 480-24 (7) 480-120 480-240 600-120

60 Hz V89 V84 V82 V80 V85 V83 V81 V87 V86

Example: 8536 SAG 12 V81 F4T A P1 P2.

(4) Not available with 24 V secondary on Size 3. Select appropriate transformer with secondary fuse protection. See transformer

selection table.

(5) Single phase with one leg earthed, or earthed 3-phase applications only.

(6) Not available with 24 V secondary. Select appropriate transformer with secondary fuse protection. See transformer selection

table for 24 V secondary restrictions.

(7) 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7.

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

Dimensions:

pages 1/14 to 1/17

1/13

References (continued)

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Variants

Variants – Auxiliary contacts

Description For use on Number of contacts Suffix to the

contactor or

starter reference

Weight

kg (lb)

Class Enclosure

type

Forward

contactor

Reverse

contactor

N/O N/C N/O N/C

Auxiliary contacts

for non-reversing contactors and

non-reversing starters

(1)

8502, 8536 NEMA 1,

NEMA 12

–1 X01 –

2X02 –

3X03 –

4X04 –

1– X10 –

1X11 –

2X12 –

3X13 –

2– X20 –

1X21 –

2X22 –

3– X30 –

1X31 –

4– X40 –

Auxiliary contacts standard

no additional auxiliary

contacts

for reversing contactors and

reversing starters

8702, 8736 NEMA 1,

NEMA 12

1– –– X1000 –

–1 –– X0100 –

2– –– X2000 –

11 –– X1100 –

–2 –– X0200 –

–– 1– X0010 –

1– 1– X1010 –

–1 1– X0110 –

2– 1– X2010 –

11 1– X1110 –

–2 1– X0210 –

–– –1 X0001 –

1– –1 X1001 –

–1 –1 X0101 –

2– –1 X2001 –

11 –1 X1101 –

–2 –1 X0201 –

–– 2– X0020 –

1– 2– X1020 –

–1 2– X0120 –

2– 2– X2020 –

11 2– X1120 –

–2 2– X0220 –

–– 11 X0011 –

1– 11 X1011 –

–1 11 X0111 –

2– 11 X2011 –

11 11 X1111 –

–2 11 X0211 –

–– –2 X0002 –

1– –2 X1002 –

–1 –2 X0102 –

2– –2 X2002 –

11 –2 X1102 –

–2 –2 X0202 –

(1) Maximum number of external auxiliary units (in addition to holding circuit contact):

Class 8502/8536/8702/8736 Maximum number

pppp SA 4 N/O or N/C, if second internal auxiliary contact is not used

pppp SB/SC/SD 4 N/O or N/C

2 N/O or N/C plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C)

1 attached timer plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) plus 1 auxiliary contact

pppp SE/SF/SG

(Size 3 and Size 4)

4 N/O or N/C

pppp SE/SF/SG

(Size 5)

2 N/O or N/C plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C)

pppp SH/SJ 4 N/O or N/C

2 N/O or N/C plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C)

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

Dimensions:

pages 1/14 to 1/17

1/14

Dimensions

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Contactors and starters

Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)

Contactors 8502 SpO (Open)

ABCD E F G H I

8502 SAO 81.5 110.2 106.9 41.3 41.3 5.3 99.8 – –

8502 SBO 81.5 110.2 106.9 41.3 41.3 5.3 99.8 – –

8502 SCO 81.5 110.2 106.9 41.3 41.3 5.3 99.8 – –

8502 SDO 125.2 130.2 125.2 54.6 54.6 5.3 116.6 13.5 26.9

8502 SEO 138.7 180.1 165.1 47.6 89.7 7.9 153.2 82.6 120.7

8502 SFO 152.4 207.8 165.1 52.3 99.8 7.9 177.8 91.2 134.9

8502 SGO 220.0 312.7 222.3 82.6 147.6 15.9 282.6 120.7 184.2

8502 SHO 267.7 712.7 228.6 89.7 185.7 128.5 471.4 120.7 184.2

8502 SJO 267.7 946.2 276.1 89.7 185.7 183.1 568.3 120.7 184.2

Starters 8536 SpO (Open)

ABCD E F G H I

8536 SAO 81.5 168.3 106.9 12.7 25.4 37.3 5.1 158.8 100.6

8536 SBO 81.5 168.3 106.9 12.7 25.4 37.3 5.1 158.8 100.6

8536 SCO 81.5 168.3 106.9 12.7 25.4 37.3 5.1 158.8 100.6

8536 SDO 109.5 198.4 125.2 12.7 25.4 52.3 5.2 186.4 103.1

8536 SEO 138.7 281.7 165.1 22.2 44.5 91.2 7.9 258.6 196.9

8536 SFO 152.4 327.0 165.1 46.0 44.5 99.8 7.9 284.0 146.1

8536 SGO 217.4 446.0 222.3 120.7 184.2 136.5 15.9 415.9 152.4

8536 SHO 313.4 712.7 228.6 120.7 184.2 146.8 128.5 471.4 220.5

8536 SJO 313.4 946.2 276.2 120.7 184.2 146.8 183.1 568.3 228.6

Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpG (NEMA 1 General purpose enclosure)

A B C C D E F G H I JK L

8502 8536

8502/8536 SAG 152.4 254.0 134.1 141.2 76.2 22.2 206.4 25.4 23.6 104.8 127.0 ––

8502/8536 SBG 152.4 254.0 134.1 141.2 76.2 22.2 206.4 25.4 23.6 104.8 127.0 ––

8502/8536 SCG 152.4 254.0 134.1 141.2 76.2 22.2 206.4 25.4 23.6 104.8 127.0 ––

8502/8536 SDG 198.4 322.1 153.2 160.3 – 32.5 266.7 27.7 27.7 142.9 146.1 27.7 142.9

8502/8536 SEG 290.3 554.0 203.2 212.7 – 38.9 476.3 38.9 38.9 212.7 196.9 38.9 212.7

ABCCD E F G H I

8502 8536

8502/8536 SFG 285.8 639 228.6 228.6 218.2 31.8 31.8 566.7 36.3 11

8502/8536 SGG 437.1 1122.9 325.4 328.4 330.2 54.0 54.0 1016.0 54.0 14

ABCD E F G H

8502/8536 SHG 1670.1 513.3 333.4 – 279.4 1638.3 60.3 139.7

8502/8536 SJG 2362.2 876.3 596.9 –––––

RESET

Pilot

Light

RESET

I Dia.

Mounting Holes

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

References:

pages 1/6 to 1/13

1/15

Dimensions (continued)

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Contactors and starters

Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)

Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpG F4T (NEMA 1 General purpose enclosure with suffix F4T)

(1) ABCCD E F G H

8502 8536

8502/8536

SBG ppp F4T

161.0 403.2 127.0 141.2 118.1 21.3 365.1 19.1 7.1

8502/8536

SCG ppp F4T

161.0 403.2 127.0 141.2 118.1 21.3 365.1 19.1 7.1

(1) ABCCD E F G H I

8502 8536

8502/8536

SDG ppp F4T

377.8 358.8 192 194.3 323.9 26.9 26.9 304.8 26.9 7.9

8502/8536

SFG ppp F4T

461.0 740.4 235.0 235.0 393.7 35.1 35.1 673.1 33.5 10.9

(1) For other products with form F4T:

8502/8536 SEG

ppp

F4T uses 9070 GO transformer (see dimensions page 1/14).

8502/8536 SHG

ppp

F4T and 8502/8536 SJG

ppp

F4T are supplied as standard.

Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpA (NEMA 12 Dust-tight enclosure)

A B C D E F G H IJ

8502/8536 SBA 161.9 216.7 323.9 39.6 82.6 304.8 9.5 90.4 311.2 7.9

8502/8536 SCA 161.9 216.7 323.9 39.6 82.6 304.8 9.5 90.4 311.2 7.9

8502/8536 SDA 206.4 235.7 406.4 39.6 127.0 381.0 12.7 90.4 390.5 7.9

8502/8536 SEA 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3 678.4 10.9

8502/8536 SFA 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3 678.4 10.9

8502/8536 SGA 437.1 341.1 1193.8 104.8 228.6 1168.4 12.7 137.2 719.1 14.2

8502/8536 SHA 513.3 330.2 1651.0 104.8 304.8 1625.6 12.7 163.3 784.2 17.3

8502/8536 SJA 876.3 596.9 2362.2 ––– ––––

Contactors and starters 8502/8536 SpA F4T (NEMA 12 Dust-tight enclosure with suffix F4T)

(1) A B C D E F G H IJ

8502/8536 SBA ppp F4T 301.6 203.2 342.9 71.4 171.5 323.9 9.5 99.1 466.7 7.9

8502/8536 SCA ppp F4T 301.6 203.2 342.9 71.4 171.5 323.9 9.5 99.1 466.7 7.9

8502/8536 SDA ppp F4T 377.8 206.4 406.4 65.0 247.7 381.0 9.5 92.7 546.1 7.9

8502/8536 SEA ppp F4T 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3 678.4 10.9

8502/8536 SFA ppp F4T 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3 678.4 10.9

8502/8536 SGA ppp F4T 437.1 341.1 1193.8 104.8 228.6 1168.4 12.7 137.2 719.1 14.2

(1) 8502/8536 SHA

ppp

F4T and 8502/8536 SJA

ppp

F4T are supplied as standard.

H Dia.

Mounting Holes

RESET

I Dia.

Mounting Holes

DDE

J Dia.

Mounting Holes

DDE

J Dia.

Mounting Holes

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

References:

pages 1/6 to 1/13

1/16

Dimensions

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Reversing contactors and reversing starters

Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)

Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8702 SpO/8736 SJO (Open)

Reference/Mounting (1) ABCD E F G H I J K

8702 SAO/Horizontal 181.0 127.0 134.9 – – 86.4 11.7 110.2 4.6 139.7 22.9

8702 SBO/Horizontal 181.0 127.0 134.9 – – 86.4 11.7 110.2 4.6 139.7 22.9

8702 SBO/Vertical 138.7 233.9 134.9 127.8 5.3 – 15.5 203.2 15.5 127.8 5.3

8702 SCO/Horizontal 181.0 127.0 134.9 – – 86.4 11.7 110.2 4.6 139.7 22.9

8702 SCO/Vertical 138.7 233.9 134.9 127.8 5.3 – 15.5 203.2 15.5 127.8 5.3

8702 SDO/Horizontal 228.6 174.6 153.2 – – 114.3 9.5 142.9 6.4 152.4 38.1

8702 SDO/Vertical 171.5 288.9 153.2 158.8 6.4 – 12.7 263.5 12.7 158.8 6.4

8702 SEO/Horizontal 322.8 202.2 177.8 298.5 12.2 – 12.2 177.8 12.2 298.5 12.2

8702 SEO/Vertical 182.9 482.6 177.8 158.8 12.2 – 25.7 431.8 24.9 158.8 12.2

8702 SFO/Horizontal 362.0 296.7 177.8 336.6 12.7 – 12.7 203.2 46.7 336.6 12.7

8702 SFO/Vertical 202.2 607.1 177.8 177.8 12.2 – 46.0 514.4 30.0 177.8 12.2

8702 SGO/Horizontal 490.5 411.0 238.1 457.2 16.5 – 26.2 355.6 29.2 457.2 16.5

8702 SGO/Vertical 273.1 864.6 238.1 241.3 15.9 – 31.8 812.8 29.2 241.3 15.9

8702 SHO/Horizontal 568.3 712.2 241.6 457.2 15.9 – 97.2 538.0 77.0 457.2 19.4

8702 SJO/Horizontal 616.0 946.2 350.8 501.738.4––762.0–––

8736 SJO/Horizontal 616.0 946.2 350.8 501.738.4––762.0–––

(1) Vertical type design differs from that shown on the corresponding NEMA size horizontal type figure, but dimensions listed apply to that figure.

Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8736 SpO (Open)

Reference/Mounting (1) A B C D E F G H I J KL M

8736 SAO/Horizontal 181.0 175.3 134.9 – – 86.4 11.9 110.2 157.7 115.1 128.5 16.7 –

8736 SBO/Horizontal 181.0 175.3 134.9 – – 86.4 11.9 110.2 157.7 115.1 128.5 16.7 –

8736 SBO/Vertical 138.9 292.4 134.9 127.8 5.3 – 15.5 203.2 271.8 63.8 128.5 5.3 127.8

8736 SCO/Horizontal 181.0 175.3 134.9 – – 86.4 11.9 110.2 157.7 115.1 128.5 16.7 –

8736 SCO/Vertical 138.9 292.4 134.9 127.8 5.3 – 15.5 203.2 271.8 63.8 128.5 5.3 127.8

8736 SDO/Horizontal 228.6 215.9 153.2 – – 114.3 9.5 142.9 190.5 127.0 131.0 38.1 –

8736 SDO/Vertical 171.5 342.4 153.2 158.8 6.4 – 19.8 263.5 329.2 79.4 131.0 6.4 152.4

8736 SEO/Horizontal 322.8 297.4 177.8 298.5 12.2 12.2 273.1 273.1 298.5 158.8 12.2 298.5

8736 SEO/Vertical 185.7 565.2 177.8 158.8 12.2 – 25.7 527.1 – 158.8 158.8 12.2 158.8

8736 SFO/Horizontal 362.0 370.6 177.8 336.6 12.7 – 46.7 311.2 311.2 336.6 158.8 12.7 336.6

8736 SFO/Vertical 202.2 662.4 177.8 177.8 12.2 46.7 622.3 – 102.6 158.8 12.2 177.8

8736 SGO/Horizontal 490.5 530.9 238.1 457.2 16.5 32.5 482.6 482.6 457.2 168.3 15.9 457.2

8736 SGO/Vertical 273.1 994.4 238.1 241.3 16.5 – 32.5 946.2 946.2 241.3 168.3 15.9 241.3

8736 SHO/Horizontal 568.3 712.2 241.6 457.2 17.3 – 97.2 538.0 77.0 457.2 19.4 ––

(1) Vertical type design differs from that shown on the corresponding NEMA size horizontal type figure, but dimensions listed apply to that figure.

F C

RESET

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

References:

pages 1/6 to 1/13

1/17

Dimensions (continued)

Contactors and Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Reversing contactors and reversing starters

Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)

Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8702/8736 SpG (NEMA 1 General purpose enclosure)

ABCCD E F G H I

8702 8736

8702/8736 SAG 301.6 301.6 188.0 191.3 247.7 26.9 26.9 247.7 26.9 7.9

8702/8736 SBG 301.6 301.6 188.0 191.3 247.7 26.9 26.9 247.7 26.9 7.9

8702/8736 SCG 301.6 301.6 188.0 191.3 247.7 26.9 26.9 247.7 26.9 7.9

8702/8736 SDG 377.8 358.8 192.0 194.3 323.9 26.9 26.9 304.8 26.9 7.9

8702/8736 SEG 461.0 740.6 235.0 235.0 393.7 33.7 33.7 673.1 33.7 11.1

8702/8736 SFG 461.0 740.6 235.0 235.0 393.7 33.7 33.7 673.1 33.7 11.1

8702/8736 SGG 894.3 1173.7 325.4 328.4 787.4 53.3 53.3 1066.8 53.3 14.2

8702/8736 SHG 919.7 1582.7 494.3 494.3 ––––––

8702/8736 SJG 876.3 2362.2 596.9 596.9 ––––––

Reversing contactors and reversing starters 8702/8736 SpA (NEMA 12 Dust-tight enclosure)

(1) ABCD E F G H IJ

8702/8736 SBA 301.6 196.9 349.3 65.0 171.5 323.9 12.7 92.7 460.4 7.9

8702/8736 SCA 301.6 196.9 349.3 65.0 171.5 323.9 12.7 92.7 460.4 7.9

8702/8736 SDA 377.8 200.0 406.4 65.0 247.7 381.0 12.7 92.7 539.8 7.9

8702 SEA 461.2 235.0 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 93.5 678.4 10.9

8736 SEA 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3 678.4 10.9

8702 SFA 461.2 235.0 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 93.5 678.4 10.9

8736 SFA 461.0 242.8 800.1 78.0 304.8 774.7 12.7 114.3 678.4 10.9

8702 SGA 889.5 333.4 1244.6 104.8 685.8 1219.2 12.7 134.9 1165.2 14.2

8736 SGA 889.5 353.8 1244.6 104.8 685.8 1219.2 12.7 155.6 1165.2 14.2

8702/8736 SHA 919.7 494.3 1580.1 –––––––

8702/8736 SJA 876.3 596.9 2362.2 –––––––

(1) Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, suffix F4T, on 8702/8736 SBA, 8702/8736 SCA, 8702/8736 SDA.

RESET

I Dia.

Mounting Holes

DDE

J Dia.

Mounting Holes

General, characteristics:

pages 1/4 and 1/5

References:

pages 1/6 to 1/13

2/0

2/1

Contents

2 - Heavy Industrial Combination

Starters, Type S, NEMA-Style

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/2

bStarters with disconnect switch or circuit breaker

vGeneral, characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/4

bStarters with fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538

with Class H fuse clips and solid-state overload relay

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/6

bStarters with fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538

with Class R fuse clips

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/7

bStarters with Mag-Gard® circuit breaker, Class 8539

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/8

bStarters with thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, Class 8539

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/10

bStarters with non-fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/12

bStarters with fusible disconnect switch and Class H fuse clips

Class 8538

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/13

bStarters with fusible disconnect switch (Class R fuse clips)

and solid-state overload relay, Class 8538

vAssociations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/14

bStarters with fusible disconnect switch and solid-state overload relay,

Class 8538

vAssociations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/15

bStarters with Mag-Gard® circuit breaker, Class 8539

and solid-state overload relay

vAssociations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/16

bStarters with thermal-magnetic circuit breaker

and solid-state overload relay

vAssociations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/18

bAccessories

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/20

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/21

bStarters with disconnect switch or circuit breaker

vDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/22

2/2

Selection guide

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Disconnect switch or circuit breaker

Applications Type S NEMA combination starters

NEMA Size 012

Standard motor power

ratings 50/60 Hz

(1) 200 V (208 V) 3 hp/2.2 kW 7.5 hp/5.5 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW

230 V (240 V) 3 hp/2.2 kW 7.5 hp/5.5 kW 15 hp/11 kW

460 V (480 V) 5 hp/3.75 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW 25 hp/18.5 kW

575 V (500 V) 5 hp/3.75 kW 10 hp/7.5 kW 25 hp/18.5 kW

Motor voltage (starter voltage)

Enclosures NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 1 NEMA 12

- NEMA 1: General purpose

- NEMA 12: Dust-tight for

industrial use

Fusible disconnect-

switch starters

Class H fuse clips

8538

SBG 1p

8538

SBA pp

8538

SCG 1p

8538

SCA pp

8538

SDG 1p

8538

SDA pp

Pages 2/6 2/6 2/6

Fusible disconnect-

switch starters

Class R fuse clips

8538

SBG 3 p

8538

SBA pp

8538

SCG 3 p

8538

SCA pp

8538

SDG 3 p

8538

SDA pp

Pages 2/7 2/7 2/7

Non-fusible disconnect-

switch starters 8538

SBG 11

8538

SBA p1

8538

SCG 11

8538

SCA p1

8538

SDG 11

8538

SDA p1

Pages 2/12 2/12 2/12

Circuit-breaker starters 8539

SBG 4p

8539

SBA pp

8539

SCG 4p

8539

SCA pp

8539

SDG 4p

8539

SDA pp

Pages 2/8 and 2/9 2/8 and 2/9 2/8 and 2/9

Thermal-magnetic circuit-

breaker starters 8539

SBG p

8539

SBA pp

8539

SCG p

8539

SCA pp

8539

SDG p

8539

SDA pp

Pages 2/10 and 2/11 2/10 and 2/11 2/10 and 2/11

(1) For circuit-breaker starters and thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters, see pages 2/8 to 2/11.

531120

531119

2/3

Type S NEMA combination starters

34567

25 hp/18.5 kW 40 hp/30 kW 75 hp/55 kW 150 hp/110 kW –

30 hp/22 kW 50 hp/37 kW 100 hp/75 kW 200 hp/150 kW 300 hp/220 kW

50 hp/37 kW 100 hp/75 kW 200 hp/150 kW 400 hp/300 kW 600 hp/450 kW

NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 1 NEMA 12 NEMA 1 NEMA 12

8538

SEG 1p

8538

SEA pp

8538

SFG 1p

8538

SFA pp

8538

SGG 1p

8538

SGA pp

8538

SHG 1p

8538

SHA pp

– –

2/6 2/6 2/6 2/6 –

8538

SEG 3 p

8538

SEA pp

8538

SFG 3 p

8538

SFA pp

8538

SGG 3 p

8538

SGA pp

8538

SHG 3 p

8538

SHA pp

– –

2/7 2/7 2/7 2/7 –

8538

SEG 11

8538

SEA p1

8538

SFG 11

8538

SFA p1

8538

SGG 11

8538

SGA p1

8538

SHG 11

8538

SHA p1

– –

2/12 2/12 2/12 2/12 –

8539

SEG 4p

8539

SEA pp

8539

SFG 4p

8539

SFA pp

8539

SGG 4p

8539

SGA pp

8539

SHG 4p

8539

SHA pp

8539

SJG 4p

8539

SJA 5p

2/8 and 2/9 2/8 and 2/9 2/8 and 2/9 2/8 and 2/9 2/8 and 2/9

8539

SEG p

8539

SEA pp

8539

SFG p

8539

SFA pp

8539

SGG p

8539

SGA pp

8539

SHG p

8539

SHA pp

8539

SJG p

8539

SJA pp

2/10 and 2/11 2/10 and 2/11 2/10 and 2/11 2/10 and 2/11 2/10 and 2/11

531269

531120

531119

531269

2/4

General,

characteristics

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Disconnect switch or circuit breaker

General

Class 8538 and 8539 Type S combination starters combine the requirements of

motor overload and short-circuit protection into one package. These starters are

manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards and are UL listed. They are

designed to operate up to a 600 V maximum, 50 to 60 Hz, and are available with

solid-state overload relays.

Square D is one of the leaders in North America and Europe in providing starters that

are verified by UL to comply with IEC 947-4-1 and Type 2 coordination. This means

that the components of a motor branch circuit protective device (fuses and circuit-

breaker), contactor and overload relay will be suitable for further use following a

short-circuit fault allowing for replacement of components during normal scheduled

maintenance. Class 8538 Type S combination starters, Sizes 0–5, with fusible

disconnect switches, meet Type 2 performance criteria.

Disconnect-switch starters

Features:

bInterchangeable fuse clips, straight through wiring, solid earth/ground bar, space

for a fused control transformer, provisions for adding disconnect switch electrical

interlock, handle mechanism/door closing mechanism.

Switch-type combination starters are available with fusible or non-fusible disconnect

switches in NEMA Sizes 0–6. The switch itself is constructed of a moulded, insulated

material that delivers arc-quenching performance similar to that of high voltage

switch-gear. The visible blade construction allows you to confirm the blade position

at a glance. Many industries have standardized on this feature.

Sizes 0–2, non-fusible assemblies can be field converted to fusible designs easily

and quickly. Factory-built fusible units accept the industry-standard Class H or R

fuses. The various units have specific UL-listed short-circuit withstand ratings that

range from 5000 to 100 000 A. Specific ratings are influenced by many components

including the size of the disconnect switch and the type of fuses used with the switch.

Circuit-breaker starters

Features:

bHandle mechanism, door closing mechanism.

Options:

bFactory-installed auxiliary switch (provides remote indication of an open or tripped

breaker), factory-supplied alarm switch (actuates bell alarms or warning light when

breaker is tripped).

Square D provides both a thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker and a motor circuit

protector in NEMA Sizes 0–7 for applications requiring a breaker-type combination

starter. The most widely used over-current protection devices are thermal-magnetic

circuit-breakers. Mag-Gard® motor circuit protectors are similar in construction, but

provide only short-circuit protection. When Mag-Gard devices are used with motor

starters, the adjustable instantaneous trip provides maximum motor protection based

on specific amperage and application.

Type S combination starters using thermal-magnetic breakers carry a UL-listed

short-circuit withstand rating from 5000 to 30 000 A. If a Mag-Gard Type GJL breaker

is used, withstand ratings increase to 100 000 A. Specific ratings and listings may

vary depending on the specific combination of components used in the assembly.

Characteristics

Environment

Class 8538 8539

Size 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Rated insulation voltage

Conforming to UL, CSA V600 600

Rated impulse withstand voltage

Class H or Class K fuses kV 510 18 –

Class R fuses kV 100 –

ITE circuit-breaker (FAL, KAL, LAL, MAL) kV –10

ITE circuit-breaker (GJL) kV –65 –

INST circuit-breaker (FAL, KAL, LAL, MAL) kV –22 (1) 22 30 (3)

INST circuit-breaker (GJL) kV –100 (2) –

Product certifications UL, CSA

(1) 22 kV rating for 0–480 V. 10 kV rating for 600 V.

(2) 100 kV rating for 0–480 V. 10 kV rating for 600 V.

(3) 30 kV rating for 0–480 V. 22 kV rating for 600 V.

Fusible disconnect-switch combination starter

531043

Circuit-breaker combination starter

531042

References:

pages 2/6 to 2/21

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/5

Characteristics (continued)

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Disconnect switch or circuit breaker

Electrical characteristics

UL-listed short-circuit ratings

Size 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Disconnect-switch starters 8538 SpG 1p/SpA

NEMA fuse class Class H

Enclosure (1) Standard –

Available Ampere RMS symmetrical A5000 10 000 18 000 –

Disconnect-switch starters 8538 SpG 3p/SpA

NEMA fuse class Class R

Enclosure (1) Standard –

Available Ampere RMS symmetrical A100 000 –

Circuit-breaker starters 8539 SpG 4p/SpA

Enclosure (1) Standard

Available Ampere RMS symmetrical AWith GJL

circuit-breaker:

100 000

(voltage 0–480 V)

10 000

(voltage 481–600 V)

With GJL

circuit-breaker:

100 000

(voltage 0–480 V)

10 000

(voltage 481–600 V)

22 000

(8539 SGG 4p S8

and

8539 SDA pp S8)

22 000 30 000

(voltage 0–480 V)

22 000

(voltage 481–600 V)

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters 8538 SpG p/SpA

Enclosure (1) Standard

Available Ampere RMS symmetrical A5000 10 000 18 000 30 000

(voltage 0–480 V)

22 000

(voltage 481–600 V)

Mag-Gard trip range

Circuit-breaker GJL/FAL/KAL/LAL/MAL ppppp Mpp

Suffix number/trip range AM01 = 9–33 25M = 625–1250 35M = 1750–3500

M02 = 21–77 26M = 750–1500 36M = 2000–4000

M03 = 45–165 29M = 875–1750 40M = 2500–5000

M04 = 90–330 30M = 1000–2000 42M = 3000–6000

M05 = 150–550 31M = 1125–2250 44M = 3500–7000

M06 = 225–825 32M = 1250–2500

18M = 300–1100 33M = 1500–3000

Terminals

Size 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Type Line terminals on disconnect switch

Type of lug Box lug

Wire

size

min.–

max.

Switch #14–#1/0 Cu/Al #6–300 MCM Cu/Al One #4–500 MCM Cu – –

Circuit-

breaker

#14–#4 Cu (2)

#12–#4 Al or

#14–#1/0 Cu

#12–#1/0 Al

#14–#1 Cu/#8–#1/0

Al (GJL Breaker)

#14–#1/0 Cu or

#12–#1/0 Al

#14–#1 Cu/#8–1/0 Al

(GJL Breaker)

#14–#2 Cu

#10–#2 Al (FA Brkr)

#4–300 MCM Cu/Al

(KA Breaker)

#14–#1 Cu/#8–#1/0

Al (GJL Breaker)

#14–#1/0 Cu

#12–#1/0 Al (LA Brkr)

#4–300 MCM Cu/Al

(KA Breaker)

#4–300 MCM Cu/Al

(KA Breaker)

x1 #1–600 MCM or

x2 #1–250 MCM

Cu/Al (LA Breaker)

x1 #1–600 MCM or

x2 #1–250 MCM

Cu/Al (LA Breaker) or

x3 #3/0–500 MCM

Cu/Al (MA Breaker)

x3 #3/0–500 MCM

Cu/Al

Type Power terminals on magnetic starter

Type of lug Screw

clamp

terminal

Box lug Parallel groove

Wire Size

min.–

max.

#14–#8 Cu #14–#4 Cu #14–#0 Cu #8–250 MCM Cu #4–500 MCM Cu 250–500 MCM Cu

(3)

250–500 MCM Cu

Per

terminal

1 or 2 11 or 2 1–4

Type Control terminals on magnetic starter

Type of lug Screw clamp terminal

Wire Size

min.-

max.

#16–#12 Cu #16–#12 Cu (4) #16–#12 Cu

Per

terminal

(1) Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMA 1 and 12.

(2) Use on FAL circuit-breakers rated 25 A or less.

(3) Order Class 9999 Type SAL-16 parts kit to convert power terminals to accept wire sizes 1/0–300 MCM.

(4) Terminal block range limited to #16–#14.

References:

pages 2/6 to 2/21

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/6

References

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538

with Class H fuse clips and solid-state overload relay

3-pole fusible full-voltage starters, non-reversing (Class H fuse clips)

NEMA Size Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz

Motor volts (1)

Fuse

clip

size

External

reset

Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit voltage

(2), optional variants (3)

and H code (4)

Weight

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)

hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Akg (lb)

NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure

032.2 32.2 ––––30– 8538 SBG 12 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

––––53.75 53.75 30 – 8538 SBG 13 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

153.75 53.75 ––––30– 8538 SCG 12 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

––––10 7.5 10 7.5 30 – 8538 SCG 14 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 ––––60– 8538 SCG 13 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

210 7.5 15 11 ––––60– 8538 SDG 12 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

––––15 11 15 11 30 – 8538 SDG 16 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

––––25 18.5 25 18.5 60 – 8538 SDG 14 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

320 15 25 18.5 ––––100– 8538 SEG 15 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

––––50 37 50 37 100 – 8538 SEG 13 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

25 18.5 30 22 ––––200– 8538 SEG 12 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

440 30 50 37 ––––200– 8538 SFG 15 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

––––100 75 100 75 200 – 8538 SFG 13 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

575 55 100 75 ––––400– 8538 SGG 15 (2) (3) (4) 204 (450)

––––200 150 200 150 400 – 8538 SGG 13 (2) (3) (4) 204 (450)

6150 110 200 150 ––––600– 8538 SHG 13 (2) (3) (4) 240 (530)

––––400 300 400 300 600 – 8538 SHG 12 (2) (3) (4) 240 (530)

NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure

032.2 32.2 ––––30With8538 SBA 22 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SBA 12 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

––––53.75 53.75 30 With 8538 SBA 23 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SBA 13 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

153.75 53.75 ––––30With8538 SCA 22 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SCA 12 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

––––10 7.5 10 7.5 30 With 8538 SCA 24 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SCA 14 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 ––––60With8538 SCA 23 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SCA 13 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

210 7.5 15 11 ––––60With8538 SDA 22 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8538 SDA 12 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

––––15 11 15 11 30 With 8538 SDA 26 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8538 SDA 16 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

––––25 18.5 25 18.5 60 With 8538 SDA 24 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8538 SDA 14 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

320 15 25 18.5 –––– 100 With 8538 SEA 25 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8538 SEA 15 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

––––50 37 50 37 100 With 8538 SEA 23 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8538 SEA 13 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

25 18.5 30 22 –––– 200 With 8538 SEA 22 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8538 SEA 12 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

440 30 50 37 –––– 200 With 8538 SFA 25 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8538 SFA 15 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

––––100 75 100 75 200 With 8538 SFA 23 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8538 SFA 13 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

575 55 100 75 –––– 400 With 8538 SGA 25 (2) (3) (4) 207 (457)

Without 8538 SGA 15 (2) (3) (4) 207 (457)

––––200 150 200 150 400 With 8538 SGA 23 (2) (3) (4) 207 (457)

Without 8538 SGA 13 (2) (3) (4) 207 (457)

6150 110 200 150 –––– 600 With 8538 SHA 23 (2) (3) (4) 250 (552)

Without 8538 SHA 13 (2) (3) (4) 250 (552)

––––400 300 400 300 600 With 8538 SHA 22 (2) (3) (4) 250 (552)

Without 8538 SHA 12 (2) (3) (4) 250 (552)

(1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8.

8538 SBG 12

ppp

531043

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/7

References

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538

with Class R fuse clips

3-pole fusible full-voltage starters, non-reversing (Class R fuse clips)

NEMA Size Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz

Motor volts (1)

Fuse

clip

size

External

reset

Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit voltage

(2), optional variants (3)

and H code (4)

Weight

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)

hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Akg (lb)

NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure

032.2 32.2 ––––30– 8538 SBG 32 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

––––53.75 53.75 30 – 8538 SBG 33 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

153.75 53.75 ––––30– 8538 SCG 32 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

––––10 7.5 10 7.5 30 – 8538 SCG 34 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 ––––60– 8538 SCG 33 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

210 7.5 15 11 ––––60– 8538 SDG 32 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

––––15 11 15 11 30 – 8538 SDG 36 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

––––25 18.5 25 18.5 60 – 8538 SDG 34 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

320 15 25 18.5 ––––100– 8538 SEG 35 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

––––50 37 50 37 100 – 8538 SEG 33 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

25 18.5 30 22 ––––200– 8538 SEG 32 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

440 30 50 37 ––––200– 8538 SFG 35 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

––––100 75 100 75 200 – 8538 SFG 33 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

575 55 100 75 ––––400– 8538 SGG 35 (2) (3) (4) 204 (450)

––––200 150 200 150 400 – 8538 SGG 33 (2) (3) (4) 204 (450)

6150 110 200 150 ––––600– 8538 SHG 33 (2) (3) (4) 240 (530)

––––400 300 400 300 600 – 8538 SHG 32 (2) (3) (4) 240 (530)

NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure

032.2 32.2 ––––30With8538 SBA 42 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SBA 32 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

––––53.75 53.75 30 With 8538 SBA 43 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SBA 33 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

153.75 53.75 ––––30With8538 SCA 42 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SCA 32 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

––––10 7.5 10 7.5 30 With 8538 SCA 44 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SCA 34 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 ––––60With8538 SCA 43 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SCA 33 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

210 7.5 15 11 ––––60With8538 SDA 42 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8538 SDA 32 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

––––15 11 15 11 30 With 8538 SDA 46 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8538 SDA 36 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

––––25 18.5 25 18.5 60 With 8538 SDA 44 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8538 SDA 34 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

320 15 25 18.5 ––––100With8538 SEA 45 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8538 SEA 35 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

––––50 37 50 37 100 With 8538 SEA 43 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8538 SEA 33 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

25 18.5 30 22 ––––200With8538 SEA 42 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8538 SEA 32 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

440 30 50 37 ––––200With8538 SFA 45 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8538 SFA 35 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

––––100 75 100 75 200 With 8538 SFA 43 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8538 SFA 33 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

575 55 100 75 ––––400With8538 SGA 45 (2) (3) (4) 207 (457)

Without 8538 SGA 35 (2) (3) (4) 207 (457)

––––200 150 200 150 400 With 8538 SGA 43 (2) (3) (4) 207 (457)

Without 8538 SGA 33 (2) (3) (4) 207 (457)

6150 110 200 150 ––––600With8538 SHA 43 (2) (3) (4) 250 (552)

Without 8538 SHA 33 (2) (3) (4) 250 (552)

––––400 300 400 300 600 With 8538 SHA 42 (2) (3) (4) 250 (552)

Without 8538 SHA 32 (2) (3) (4) 250 (552)

(1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8.

8538 SBG 32

ppp

531043

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/8

References

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Mag-Gard® circuit-breaker, Class 8539

3-pole circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing

NEMA Size Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz

Motor volts (1)

Circuit-breaker Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit voltage

(2),

optional variants (3)

and “H” code (4)

Weight

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)

hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW kg (lb)

NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure

00.3 0.2 0.3 0.2 10.75 10.75 GJL 36003 MO1 8539 SBG 41 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

10.75 10.75 32.2 32.2 GJL 36007 MO2 8539 SBG 42 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

32.2 32.2 53.7 53.7 GJL 36015 MO3 8539 SBG 43 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

10.3 0.2 0.3 0.2 10.75 10.75 GJL 36003 MO1 8539 SCG 41 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

10.75 10.75 32.2 32.2 GJL 36007 MO2 8539 SCG 42 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

32.2 32.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 GJL 36015 MO3 8539 SCG 43 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

53.7 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 –– GJL 36030 MO4 8539 SCG 44 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

7.5 5.5 –––––– GJL 36050 MO5 8539 SCG 45 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

232.2 32.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 GJL 36015 MO3 8539 SDG 41 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

53.7 7.5 5.5 15 11 20 15 GJL 36030 MO4 8539 SDG 42 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

10 7.5 10 7.5 25 18.5 25 18.5 GJL 36050 MO5 8539 SDG 43 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

––15 11 –––– GJL 36075 MO6 8539 SDG 44 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

3––––25 18.5 30 22 GJL 36050 MO5 8539 SEG 41 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

25 18.5 30 22 30 22 50 37 FAL 36100 18M 8539 SEG 42 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

430 22 ––75 55 100 75 KAL 36250 25M 8539 SFG 42 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

––40 30 –––– KAL 36250 26M 8539 SFG 43 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

––50 37 100 75 –– KAL 36250 29M 8539 SFG 44 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

5––––––125 90 KAL 36250 29M 8539 SGG 41 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

50 37 ––––150 110 KAL 36250 30M 8539 SGG 42 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

––60 45 125 90 –– KAL 36250 31M 8539 SGG 43 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

60 45 75 55 150 110 200 150 LAL 36400 32M 8539 SGG 44 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

75 55 –––––– LAL 36400 33M 8539 SGG 45 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

––100 75 200 150 –– LAL 36400 35M 8539 SGG 46 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

6––––––250 185 LAL 36400 35M 8539 SHG 42 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

100 75 ––250 185 300 220 LAL 36400 36M 8539 SHG 43 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

125 90 150 110 300 220 400 300 MAL 36600 40M 8539 SHG 44 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

150 110 ––350 250 –– MAL 36600 42M 8539 SHG 45 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

––200 150 400 300 –– MAL 36600 44M 8539 SHG 46 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

7––––––500 370 MAL 36800 44M 8539 SJG 41 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702)

––250 185 500 370 600 450 MAL 36800 45M 8539 SJG 42 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702)

––300 220 600 450 –– MAL 361000 47M 8539 SJG 43 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702)

(1) Motor voltage (starter voltage).

(2) Standard control circuit voltage:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 600

50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – V05 V06 – V07 –

60 Hz V01 (5) (6) –V02 (5) V08 – V03 – – V06 – V07

24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form “S” for separate control. Example: 8559 SCG 41 V02 H10S.

(3) For optional variants, see page 2/21.

(4) To complete “H” code for Motor Logic solid-state overload relays, see pages 2/13 to 2/19. Motor Logic Plus units are not

available on combination starters.

(5) 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–6. On Sizes 0–3, where 24 V coils are available, suffix “S” (separate control) must be

specified.

(6) These voltage codes must include suffix “S” (supplied at no charge). When specifying suffix “S”, please supply motor voltage

when ordering.

8539 SBG 41

ppp

531042

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/9

References (continued)

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Mag-Gard® circuit breaker, Class 8539

3-pole circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing (continued)

NEMA

Size

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz

Motor volts (1)

Circuit-

breaker

External

reset

Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit voltage

(2), optional variants (3),

and “H” code (4)

Weight

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)

hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW kg (lb)

NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure

00.3 0.2 0.3 0.2 10.75 10.75 GJL 36003 MO1 With 8539 SBA 51 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SBA 41 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

10.75 10.75 32.2 32.2 GJL 36007 MO2 With 8539 SBA 52 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SBA 42 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

32.2 32.2 53.7 53.7 GJL 36015 MO3 With 8539 SBA 53 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SBA 43 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

10.3 0.2 0.3 0.2 10.75 10.75 GJL 36003 MO1 With 8539 SCA 51 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 41 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

10.75 10.75 32.2 32.2 GJL 36007 MO2 With 8539 SCA 52 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 42 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

32.2 32.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 GJL 36015 MO3 With 8539 SCA 53 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 43 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

53.7 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 –– GJL 36030 MO4 With 8539 SCA 54 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 44 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

7.5 5.5 –––––– GJL 36050 MO5 With 8539 SCA 55 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 45 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

232.2 32.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 GJL 36015 MO3 With 8539 SDA 51 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8539 SDA 41 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

53.7 7.5 5.5 15 11 20 15 GJL 36030 MO4 With 8539 SDA 52 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8539 SDA 42 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

10 7.5 10 7.5 25 18.5 25 18.5 GJL 36050 MO5 With 8539 SDA 53 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8539 SDA 43 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

––15 11 –––– GJL 36075 MO6 With 8539 SDA 54 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8539 SDA 44 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

3––––25 18.5 30 22 GJL 36050 MO5 With 8539 SEA 51 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8539 SEA 41 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

25 18.5 30 22 30 22 50 37 FAL 36100 18M With 8539 SEA 52 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8539 SEA 42 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

430 22 ––75 55 100 75 KAL 36250 25M With 8539 SFA 52 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8539 SFA 42 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

––40 30 –––– KAL 36250 26M With 8539 SFA 53 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8539 SFA 43 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

––50 37 100 75 –– KAL 36250 29M With 8539 SFA 54 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8539 SFA 44 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

5––––––125 90 KAL 36250 29M With 8539 SGA 51 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 41 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

50 37 ––––150 110 KAL 36250 30M With 8539 SGA 52 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 42 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

––60 45 125 90 –– KAL 36250 31M With 8539 SGA 53 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 43 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

60 45 75 55 150 110 200 150 LAL 36400 32M With 8539 SGA 54 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 44 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

75 55 –––––– LAL 36400 33M With 8539 SGA 55 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 45 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

––100 75 200 150 –– LAL 36400 35M With 8539 SGA 56 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 46 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

6––––––250 185 LAL 36400 35M With 8539 SHA 52 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

Without 8539 SHA 42 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

100 75 ––250 185 300 220 LAL 36400 36M With 8539 SHA 53 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

Without 8539 SHA 43 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

125 90 150 110 300 220 400 300 MAL 36600 40M With 8539 SHA 54 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

Without 8539 SHA 44 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

150 110 ––350 250 –– MAL 36600 42M With 8539 SHA 55 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

Without 8539 SHA 45 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

––200 150 400 300 –– MAL 36600 44M With 8539 SHA 56 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

Without 8539 SHA 46 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

7––––––500 370 MAL 36800 44M With 8539 SJA 51 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702)

––250 185 500 370 600 450 MAL 36800 45M With 8539 SJA 52 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702)

––300 220 600 450 –– MAL 361000 47M With 8539 SJA 53 (2) (3) (4) 318 (702)

(1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8.

8539 SBA 51

ppp

531042

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/10

References

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, Class 8539

3-pole thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing

NEMA

Size

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz

Motor volts (1)

3Circuit-

breaker

External

reset

Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit voltage

(2), optional variants (3)

and “H” code (4)

Weight

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V) Type Rating

hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Akg (lb)

NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure

021.5 21.5 ––––FAL15– 8539 SBG 1 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

––––53.7 53.7 FAL 15 – 8539 SBG 2 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

32.2 32.2 ––––FAL20– 8539 SBG 3 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

153.7 ––––––FAL35– 8539 SCG 5 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

7.5 5.5 ––––––FAL50– 8539 SCG 2 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

––53.7 ––––FAL30– 8539 SCG 1 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

––7.5 5.5 ––––FAL45– 8539 SCG 6 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

––––7.5 5.5 10 7.5 FAL 20 – 8539 SCG 3 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

––––10 7.5 ––FAL25– 8539 SCG 7 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

––––––7.5 5.5 FAL 15 – 8539 SCG 8 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

210 7.5 10 7.5 ––––FAL60– 8539 SDG 1 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

––15 11 ––––FAL80– 8539 SDG 7 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

––––7.5 5.5 ––FAL20– 8539 SDG 3 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

––––20 15 25 18.5 FAL 60 – 8539 SDG 4 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

––––25 18.5 ––FAL70– 8539 SDG 5 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

––––––15 11 FAL 35 – 8539 SDG 8 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

––––––20 15 FAL 45 – 8539 SDG 9 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

315 11 20 15 40 30 50 37 FAL 90 – 8539 SEG 3 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

20 15 25 18.5 50 37 ––FAL100– 8539 SEG 1 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

25 18.5 30 22 ––––KAL110– 8539 SEG 5 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

––––30 22 40 30 FAL 80 – 8539 SEG 6 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

––––––30 22 FAL 60 – 8539 SEG 4 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

430 22 ––75 55 ––KAL125– 8539 SFG 3 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

40 30 50 37 100 75 ––KAL200– 8539 SFG 4 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

––40 30 ––100 75 KAL 150 – 8539 SFG 1 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

––––60 45 75 55 KAL 110 – 8539 SFG 5 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

––––––60 45 FAL 100 – 8539 SFG 6 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

550 37 ––––150 110 LAL 200 – 8539 SGG 6 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

60 45 75 55 150 110 200 150 LAL 250 – 8539 SGG 1 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

75 55 ––––––LAL300– 8539 SGG 4 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

––60 45 125 90 ––LAL225– 8539 SGG 3 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

––100 75 200 150 ––LAL350– 8539 SGG 2 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

––––––125 90 KAL 200 – 8539 SGG 7 (2) (3) (4) 191 (420)

6100 75 125 90 250 185 300 220 MAL 450 – 8539 SHG 4 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

125 90 150 110 300 220 400 300 MAL 600 – 8539 SHG 3 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

150 110 ––350 250 ––MAL600– 8539 SHG 5 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

––200 150 400 300 ––MAL800– 8539 SHG 7 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

––––––250 185 MAL 250 – 8539 SHG 6 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

––––––350 250 MAL 500 – 8539 SHG 2 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

7––250 185 500 370 600 450 MAL 900 – 8539 SJG 2 (2) (3) (4) 320 (706)

––300 220 600 450 –– MAL 1000 – 8539 SJG 3 (2) (3) (4) 320 (706)

––––––500 370 MAL 800 – 8539 SJG 1 (2) (3) (4) 320 (706)

NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure

021.5 21.5 –––– FAL 15 With 8539 SBA 11 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SBA 1 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

––––53.7 53.7 FAL 15 With 8539 SBA 12 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SBA 2 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

32.2 32.2 –––– FAL 20 With 8539 SBA 13 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SBA 13 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

153.7 –––––– FAL 35 With 8539 SCA 15 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 5 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

7.5 5.5 –––––– FAL 50 With 8539 SCA 12 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 2 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

––53.7 –––– FAL 30 With 8539 SCA 11 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 1 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

––7.5 5.5 –––– FAL 45 With 8539 SCA 16 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 6 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

––––7.5 5.5 10 7.5 FAL 20 With 8539 SCA 13 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 3 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

––––10 7.5 –– FAL 25 With 8539 SCA 17 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 7 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

––––––7.5 5.5 FAL 15 With 8539 SCA 18 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8539 SCA 8 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

(1) (2) (3) (4) See page 2/8.

8539 SBG 1

ppp

531042

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/11

References (continued)

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker, Class 8539

3-pole thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters, non-reversing

NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure (continued)

NEMA

Size

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz

Motor volts (1)

Circuit-

breaker

External

reset

Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit voltage

(2), optional variants (3)

and “H” code (4)

Weight

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V) Type Rating

hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW Akg (lb)

210 7.5 10 7.5 –––– FAL 60 With 8539 SDA 11 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8539 SDA 1 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

––15 11 –––– FAL 80 With 8539 SDA 17 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8539 SDA 7 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

––––7.5 5.5 –– FAL 20 With 8539 SDA 13 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8539 SDA 3 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

––––20 15 25 18.5 FAL 60 With 8539 SDA 14 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8539 SDA 4 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

––––25 18.5 –– FAL 70 With 8539 SDA 15 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8539 SDA 5 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

––––––15 11 FAL 35 With 8539 SDA 18 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8539 SDA 8 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

––––––20 15 FAL 45 With 8539 SDA 19 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8539 SDA 9 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

315 11 20 15 40 30 50 37 FAL 90 With 8539 SEA 13 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8539 SEA 3 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

20 15 25 18.5 50 37 ––FAL100With8539 SEA 11 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8539 SEA 1 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

25 18.5 30 22 ––––KAL110With8539 SEA 15 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8539 SEA 5 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

––––30 22 40 30 FAL 80 With 8539 SEA 16 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8539 SEA 6 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

––––––30 22 FAL 60 With 8539 SEA 14 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8539 SEA 4 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

430 22 ––75 55 ––KAL125With8539 SFA 13 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8539 SFA 3 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

40 30 50 37 100 75 ––KAL200With8539 SFA 14 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8539 SFA 4 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

––40 30 ––100 75 KAL 150 With 8539 SFA 11 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8539 SFA 1 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

––––60 45 75 55 KAL 110 With 8539 SFA 15 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8539 SFA 5 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

––––––60 45 FAL 100 With 8539 SFA 16 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8539 SFA 6 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

550 37 ––––150 110 LAL 200 With 8539 SGA 16 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 6 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

60 45 75 55 150 110 200 150 LAL 250 With 8539 SGA 11 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 1 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

75 55 ––––––LAL300With8539 SGA 14 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 4 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

––60 45 125 90 ––LAL225With8539 SGA 13 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 3 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

––100 75 200 150 ––LAL350With8539 SGA 12 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 2 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

––––––125 90 KAL 200 With 8539 SGA 17 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

Without 8539 SGA 7 (2) (3) (4) 200 (440)

6100 75 125 90 250 185 300 220 MAL 450 With 8539 SHA 14 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

Without 8539 SHA 4 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

125 90 150 110 300 220 400 300 MAL 600 With 8539 SHA 13 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

Without 8539 SHA 3 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

150 110 ––350 250 ––MAL600With8539 SHA 15 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

Without 8539 SHA 5 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

––200 150 400 300 ––MAL800With8539 SHA 17 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

Without 8539 SHA 7 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

––––––250 185 MAL 250 With 8539 SHA 16 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

Without 8539 SHA 6 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

––––––350 250 MAL 500 With 8539 SHA 12 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

Without 8539 SHA 2 (2) (3) (4) 220 (486)

7––250 185 500 370 600 450 MAL 900 With 8539 SJA 12 (2) (3) (4) 320 (706)

Without 8539 SJA 2 (2) (3) (4) 320 (706)

––300 220 600 450 –– MAL 1000 With 8539 SJA 13 (2) (3) (4) 320 (706)

Without 8539 SJA 3 (2) (3) (4) 320 (706)

––––––500 370 MAL 800 With 8539 SJA 11 (2) (3) (4) 320 (706)

Without 8539 SJA 1 (2) (3) (4) 320 (706)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) See page 2/8.

8539 SDA 11

ppp

531042

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/12

References

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Non-fusible disconnect-switch, Class 8538

3-pole non-fusible full-voltage starters, non-reversing

NEMA Size Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz

Motor volts (1)

External reset Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit voltage

(2), optional variants (3)

and “H” code (4)

Weight

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)

hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW kg (lb)

NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure

032.2 32.2 53.75 53.75 – 8538 SBG 11 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

17.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 10 7.5 – 8538 SCG 11 (2) (3) (4) 17 (38)

210 7.5 15 11 25 18.5 25 18.5 – 8538 SDG 11 (2) (3) (4) 25 (54)

325 18.5 30 22 50 37 50 37 – 8538 SEG 11 (2) (3) (4) 46 (102)

440 30 50 37 100 75 100 75 – 8538 SFG 11 (2) (3) (4) 74 (163)

575 55 100 75 200 150 200 150 – 8538 SGG 11 (2) (3) (4) 204 (450)

6150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300 – 8538 SHG 11 (2) (3) (4) –

NEMA 12 dust-tight industrial-use enclosure

032.2 32.2 53.75 53.75 With 8538 SBA 21 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SBA 11 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

17.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 10 7.5 With 8538 SCA 21 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

Without 8538 SCA 11 (2) (3) (4) 18 (40)

210 7.5 15 11 25 18.5 25 18.5 With 8538 SDA 21 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

Without 8538 SDA 11 (2) (3) (4) 25 (55)

325 18.5 30 22 50 37 50 37 With 8538 SEA 21 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

Without 8538 SEA 11 (2) (3) (4) 50 (111)

440 30 50 37 100 75 100 75 With 8538 SFA 21 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

Without 8538 SFA 11 (2) (3) (4) 77 (170)

575 55 100 75 200 150 200 150 With 8538 SGA 21 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

Without 8538 SGA 11 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

6150 110 200 150 400 300 400 300 With 8538 SHA 21 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

Without 8538 SHA 11 (2) (3) (4) 200 (441)

(1) Motor voltage (starter voltage).

(2) Standard control circuit voltage:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 550 600

50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – V05 V06 – V07 –

60 Hz V01 (5) (6) –V02 (5) V08 – V03 – – V06 – V07

24 V and 120 V coils require the addition of form “S” for separate control. Example: 8538 SCA 21 V03 H10S.

(3) For optional variants, see page 2/21.

(4) To complete “H” code for Motor Logic solid-state overload relays, see pages 2/13 to 2/19. Motor Logic Plus units are not

available on combination starters.

(5) 24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–6. On Sizes 0–3, where 24 V coils are available, suffix “S” (separate control) must be specified.

(6) These voltage codes must include suffix “S” (supplied at no charge). When specifying suffix “S”, please supply motor voltage when ordering.

8538 SBG 11

ppp

531268

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/13

References

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 with

Class H fuse clips

Variants for fusible disconnect-switch starters only (Class H fuse clips)

Motor Logic solid-state overload relays (1)

Type For use on Description Overload relay range Suffix to the

starter reference

(2)

Weight

Fusible disconnect-

switch starters

Class 8538 with

Class H fuse clips

kg (lb)

Motor

Logic

solid-

state

overload

relays

8538 SpG 1p,

8538 SpA 1p,

8538 SpA 2p,

(except 8538 SDG 16,

8538 SDA 16/SDA 26)

Base unit, trip class 10 (3) H10 –

Base unit, trip class 20 (3) H20 –

Feature unit (3) H30 –

8538 SBG 12/13,

8538 SBA 12/22/13/23,

8538 SCG 12/14,

8538 SCA 12/22/14/24,

8538 SDG 16,

8538 SDA 16/26

Base unit, trip class 10 With 3…9 A overload relay H109 –

Base unit, trip class 20 With 3…9 A overload relay H209 –

Feature unit With 1.5…4.5 A overload relay H308 –

With 3…9 A overload relay H309 –

8538 SCG 12/14

8538 SCA 12/22/14/24,

8538 SDG 16

8538 SDA 16/26

Base unit, trip class 10 With 6…18 A overload relay H100 –

Base unit, trip class 20 With 6…18 A overload relay H200 –

Feature unit With 6…18 A overload relay H300 –

8538 SDG 16,

8538 SDA 16/26

Base unit, trip class 10 With 9…27 A overload relay H101 –

Base unit, trip class 20 With 9…27 A overload relay H201 –

Feature unit With 9…27 A overload relay H301 –

(1) For Motor Logic solid-state overload relays, see pages 3/2 to 3/7.

(2) Example: 8538 SBG 12 V02 H10 S.

(3) Standard current ranges, depending on contactor size:

Size 00 0123456 7

Current ranges A 3…9 6…18 9…27 15…45 30…90 45…135 90…270 180…540 (4) 270…810 (5)

(4) Only available with feature unit.

(5) Only available with feature unit with auxiliary contact.

H10

531123

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/14

Associations

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538

(Class R fuse clips) with solid-state overload relay

Associations

Ratings For use on Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

Motor

voltage

NEMA

Size

Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable)

8538 – 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A – 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A

200 V 0 SBG 32, SBA 42/32 H10 H109 H20 H209 H30 H308 H309

1 SCG 32, SCA 42/32 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H200 H30 H308 H309 H300

SCG 33, SCA 43/33 H10 H20 H30

2 SDG 32, SDA 42/32 H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 35, SEA 45/35 H10 H20 H30

SEG 32, SEA 42/32 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 35, SFA 45/35 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 35, SGA 45/35 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 33, SHA 43/33 H10 H20 H30

230 V 0 SBG 32, SBA 42/32 H10 H109 H20 H209 H30 H308 H309

1 SCG 32, SCA 42/32 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H200 H30 H308 H309 H300

SCG 33, SCA 43/33 H10 H20 H30

2 SDG 32, SDA 42/32 H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 35, SEA 45/35 H10 H20 H30

SEG 32, SEA 42/32 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 35, SFA 45/35 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 35, SGA 45/35 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 33, SHA 43/33 H10 H20 H30

460 V 0 SBG 33, SBA 43/33 H10 H109 H20 H209 H30 H308 H309

1 SCG 34, SCA 44/34 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H200 H30 H308 H309 H300

2 SDG 36, SDA 46/36 H109 H100 H101 H209 H200 H201 H308 H309 H300 H301

3 SDG 34, SDA 44/34 H10 H20 H30

SEG 33, SEA 43/33 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 33, SFA 43/33 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 33, SGA 43/33 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 32, SHA 42/32 H10 H20 H30

575 V 0 SBG 33, SBA 43/33 H10 H109 H20 H209 H30 H308 H309

1 SCG 34, SCA 44/34 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H200 H30 H308 H309 H300

2 SDG 36, SDA 46/36 H109 H100 H101 H209 H200 H201 H308 H309 H300 H301

3 SDG 34, SDA 44/34 H10 H20 H30

SEG 33, SEA 43/33 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 33, SFA 43/33 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 33, SGA 43/33 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 32, SHA 42/32 H10 H20 H30

Available codes

Not available

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/15

Associations

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Non-fusible disconnect switch, Class 8538 with

solid-state overload relays

Associations

Ratings For use on Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

Motor

voltage

NEMA

Size

Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable)

8538 – 3–9 A 6–18 A – 3–9 A 6–18 A – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A 6–18 A

200 V 0 SBG 11, SBA 21/11 H10 H109 H20 H209 H30 H308 H309

1 SCG 11, SCA 21/11 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H200 H30 H308 H309 H300

2 SDG 11, SDA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 11, SEA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 11, SFA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 11, SGA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 11, SHA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

230 V 0 SBG 11, SBA 21/11 H10 H109 H20 H209 H30 H308 H309

1 SCG 11, SCA 21/11 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H200 H30 H308 H309 H300

2 SDG 11, SDA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 11, SEA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 11, SFA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 11, SGA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 11, SHA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

460 V 0 SBG 11, SBA 21/11 H10 H109 H20 H209 H30 H308 H309

1 SCG 11, SCA 21/11 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H200 H30 H308 H309 H300

2 SDG 11, SDA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 11, SEA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 11, SFA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 11, SGA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 11, SHA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

575 V 0 SBG 11, SBA 21/11 H10 H109 H20 H209 H30 H308 H309

1 SCG 11, SCA 21/11 H10 H109 H100 H20 H209 H200 H30 H308 H309 H300

2 SDG 11, SDA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 11, SEA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 11, SFA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 11, SGA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 11, SHA 21/11 H10 H20 H30

Available codes

Not available

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/16

Associations

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Mag-Gard® circuit breaker, Class 8539 with

solid-state overload relays

Associations

Ratings For use on Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

Motor

voltage

NEMA

Size

Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable)

8539 – 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A – 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A

200 V 0 SBG 41, SBA 51/41 H308

SBG 42, SBA 52/42 H109 H209 H308 H309

SBG 43, SBA 53/43 H109 H209 H309

1 SCG 41, SCA 51/41 H308

SCG 42, SCA 52/42 H109 H209 H308 H309

SCG 43, SCA 53/43 H100 H200 H300

SCG 44, SCA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

SCG 45, SCA 55/45 H10 H20 H30

2 SDG 41, SDA 51/41 H100 H200 H300

SDG 42, SDA 52/42 H101 H201 H301

SDG 43, SDA 53/43 H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 42, SEA 52/42 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 42, SFA 52/42 H10 H20 H30

SFG 43, SFA 53/43 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 42, SGA 52/42 H10 H20 H30

SGG 44, SGA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

SGG 45, SGA 55/45 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 43, SHA 53/43 H10 H20 H30

SHG 44, SHA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

SHG 45, SHA 55/45 H10 H20 H30

230 V 0 SBG 41, SBA 51/41 H308

SBG 42, SBA 52/42 H109 H209 H308 H309

SBG 43, SBA 53/43 H109 H209 H309

1 SCG 41, SCA 51/41 H308

SCG 42, SCA 52/42 H109 H209 H308 H309

SCG 43, SCA 53/43 H100 H200 H300

SCG 44, SCA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

2 SDG 41, SDA 51/41 H100 H200 H300

SDG 42, SDA 52/42 H101 H201 H301

SDG 43, SDA 53/43 H10 H20 H30

SDG 44, SDA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 42, SEA 52/42 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 43, SFA 53/43 H10 H20 H30

SFG 44, SFA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 43, SGA 53/43 H10 H20 H30

SGG 44, SGA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

SGG 46, SGA 56/46 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 44, SHA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

SHG 46, SHA 56/46 H10 H20 H30

7SJG42, SJA52H10 H20 H30

SJG 43, SJA 53 H10 H20 H30

Available codes

Not available

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/17

Associations (continued)

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Mag-Gard® circuit breaker, Class 8539 with

solid-state overload relays

Associations (continued)

Ratings For use on Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

Motor

voltage

NEMA

Size

Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable)

8539 – 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A – 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A 6–18 A 9–27 A

460 V 0 SBG 41, SBA 51/41 H308

SBG 42, SBA 52/42 H109 H209 H308 H309

SBG 43, SBA 53/43 H109 H209 H309

1 SCG 41, SCA 51/41 H308

SCG 42, SCA 52/42 H109 H209 H308 H309

SCG 43, SCA 53/43 H100 H200 H300

SCG 44, SCA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

2 SDG 41, SDA 51/41 H100 H200 H300

SDG 42, SDA 52/42 H101 H201 H301

SDG 43, SDA 53/43 H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 41, SEA 51/41 H10 H20 H30

SEG 42, SEA 52/42 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 42, SFA 52/42 H10 H20 H30

SFG 44, SFA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 43, SGA 53/43 H10 H20 H30

SGG 44, SGA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

SGG 46, SGA 56/46 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 43, SHA 53/43 H10 H20 H30

SHG 44, SHA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

SHG 45, SHA 55/45 H10 H20 H30

SHG 46, SHA 56/46 H10 H20 H30

7SJG42, SJA52H10 H20 H30

SJG 43, SJA 53 H10 H20 H30

575 V 0 SBG 41, SBA 51/41 H308

SBG 42, SBA 52/42 H109 H209 H308 H309

SBG 43, SBA 53/43 H109 H209 H309

1 SCG 41, SCA 51/41 H308

SCG 42, SCA 52/42 H109 H209 H308 H309

SCG 43, SCA 53/43 H100 H200 H300

2 SDG 41, SDA 51/41 H100 H200 H300

SDG 42, SDA 52/42 H101 H201 H301

SDG 43, SDA 53/43 H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 41, SEA 51/41 H10 H20 H30

SEG 42, SEA 52/42 H10 H20 H30

4 SFG 42, SFA 52/42 H10 H20 H30

5 SGG 41, SGA 51/41 H10 H20 H30

SGG 42, SGA 52/42 H10 H20 H30

SGG 44, SGA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

6 SHG 42, SHA 52/42 H10 H20 H30

SHG 43, SHA 53/43 H10 H20 H30

SHG 44, SHA 54/44 H10 H20 H30

7SJG41, SJA51H10 H20 H30

SJG 42, SJA 52 H10 H20 H30

Available codes

Not available

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/18

Associations

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker

and solid-state overload relay

Associations

Ratings For use on Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

Motor

voltage

NEMA

Size

Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable)

8539 – 3–9 A 6–18 A – 3–9 A 6–18 A – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A 6–18 A

200 V 0 SBG 1, SBA 11/1 H109 H209 H308 H309

SBG 3, SBA 13/3 H10 H20 H30

1SCG5, SCA15/5H10 H20 H30

SCG 2, SCA 12/2 H10 H20 H30

2SDG1, SDA11/1H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 3, SEA 13/3 H10 H20 H30

SEG 1, SEA 11/1 H10 H20 H30

SEG 5, SEA 15/5 H10 H20 H30

4SFG3, SFA13/3H10 H20 H30

SFG 4, SFA 14/4 H10 H20 H30

5SGG6, SGA16/6H10 H20 H30

SGG 1, SGA 11/1 H10 H20 H30

SGG 4, SGA 14/4 H10 H20 H30

6SHG4, SHA14/4H10 H20 H30

SHG 3, SHA 13/3 H10 H20 H30

SHG 5, SHA 15/5 H10 H20 H30

230 V 0 SBG 1, SBA 11/1 H109 H209 H308 H309

SBG 3, SBA 13/3 H10 H20 H30

1SCG1, SCA11/1H10 H20 H30

SCG 6, SCA 16/6 H10 H20 H30

2SDG1, SDA11/1H10 H20 H30

SDG 7, SDA 17/7 H10 H20 H30

3 SEG 3, SEA 13/3 H10 H20 H30

SEG 1, SEA 11/1 H10 H20 H30

SEG 5, SEA 15/5 H10 H20 H30

4SFG1, SFA11/1H10 H20 H30

SFG 4, SFA 14/4 H10 H20 H30

5SGG3, SGA13/3H10 H20 H30

SGG 1, SGA 11/1 H10 H20 H30

SGG 2, SGA 12/2 H10 H20 H30

6SHG4, SHA14/4H10 H20 H30

SHG 3, SHA 13/3 H10 H20 H30

SHG 7, SHA 17/7 H10 H20 H30

7SJG2, SJA12 H10 H20 H30

SJG 3, SJA 13 H10 H20 H30

Available codes

Not available

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/19

Associations (continued)

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Thermal magnetic circuit breaker

with solid-state overload relays

Associations (continued)

Ratings For use on Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

Motor

voltage

NEMA

Size

Class 10 Class 20 Class 10/20 (selectable)

8539 – 3–9 A 6–18 A – 3–9 A 6–18 A – 1.5–4.5 A 3–9 A 6–18 A

460 V 0 SBG 2, SBA 12/2 H109 H209 H308 H309

1SCG3, SCA13/3 H100 H200 H300

SCG 7, SCA 17/7 H100 H200 H300

2SDG3, SDA13/3

H10 H20 H30

SDG 4, SDA 14/4 H10 H20 H30

SDG 5, SDA 15/5 H10 H20 H30

3SEG6, SEA16/6H10 H20 H30

SEG 3, SEA 13/3 H10 H20 H30

SEG 1, SEA 11/1 H10 H20 H30

4SFG5, SFA15/5H10 H20 H30

SFG 3, SFA 13/3 H10 H20 H30

SFG 4, SFA 14/4 H10 H20 H30

5SGG3, SGA13/3H10 H20 H30

SGG 1, SGA 11/1 H10 H20 H30

SGG 2, SGA 12/2 H10 H20 H30

6SHG4, SHA14/4H10 H20 H30

SHG 3, SHA 13/3 H10 H20 H30

SHG 5, SHA 15/5 H10 H20 H30

SHG 7, SHA 17/7 H10 H20 H30

7SJG2, SJA12 H10 H20 H30

SJG 3, SJA 13 H10 H20 H30

575 V 0 SBG 2, SBA 12/2 H109 H209 H308 H309

1SCG8, SCA18/8 H100 H200 H300

SCG 3, SCA 13/3 H100 H200 H300

2SDG8, SDA18/8

H10 H20 H30

SDG 9, SDA 19/9 H10 H20 H30

SDG 4, SDA 14/4 H10 H20 H30

3SEG4, SEA14/4H10 H20 H30

SEG 6, SEA 16/6 H10 H20 H30

SEG 3, SEA 13/3 H10 H20 H30

4SFG6, SFA16/6H10 H20 H30

SFG 5, SFA 15/5 H10 H20 H30

SFG 1, SFA 11/1 H10 H20 H30

5SGG7, SGA17/7H10 H20 H30

SGG 6, SGA 16/6 H10 H20 H30

SGG 1, SGA 11/1 H10 H20 H30

6SHG6, SHA16/6H10 H20 H30

SHG 4, SHA 14/4 H10 H20 H30

SHG 2, SHA 12/2 H10 H20 H30

SHG 3, SHA 13/3 H10 H20 H20

7SJG1, SJA11 H10 H20 H30

SJG 2, SJA 12 H10 H20 H30

Available codes

Not available

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/20

Characteristics

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Accessories

Characteristics

Class 9999

Type Single-pole electrical interlocks

Electrical ratings

Maximum current

Make Break Continuous carrying

current

50/60 Hz a 120 V A40 15 15

a 240 V A20 10 15

a 480 V A10 815

a 600 V A8 6 15

Class 9999

Type 2-pole electrical interlocks

Electrical ratings

Maximum current

Make Break Continuous carrying

current

50/60 Hz a 120 V A30 310

VA 3450 345 –

a 240 V A15 1.5 10

VA 3450 345 –

a 480 V A7.5 0.75 10

VA 3450 345 –

a 600 V A60.6 10

VA 3450 345 –

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/21

References

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style

Accessories

Variants

Type For use on Description Suffix to the

starter reference

(1)

Weight

kg (lb)

Interlocks Disconnect-switch

starters 8538 Spp or

circuit-breaker starters

8539 Spp

Single-pole Y74 –

2-pole Y75 –

Control

transformers

Disconnect-switch

starters 8538 Spp or

circuit-breaker starters

8539 Spp

Standard capacity F4T –

50 VA additional capacity F4T10 –

100 VA additional capacity F4T11 –

200 VA additional capacity F4T12 –

Interlocks

Type For use on Description Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Class Type (2)

Interlocks 8538 SB, SC, SD

(Series B) (3)

Single-pole 9999 R6 –

2-pole 9999 R7 –

(Series C)

Single-pole 9999 R43 –

2-pole 9999 R44 –

SB, SC

(Series C)

Single-pole 9999 R45 –

2-pole 9999 R46 –

SE, SF

(Series A)

Single-pole 9999 R8 –

2-pole 9999 R9 –

(Series B and C)

Single-pole 9999 R41 –

2-pole 9999 R42 –

(Series B and C)

Single-pole 9999 R39 –

2-pole 9999 R40 –

SG Single-pole 9999 R35 –

2-pole 9999 R36 –

SBA, SCA, SBG,

SCG (Series D)

Single-pole 9999 TC11 –

2-pole 9999 TC21 –

SBAS8, SCAS8,

SBGS8, SCGS8

(Series D),

SDA, SDA (3),

SDG, SDG (3)

(Series D),

SEA, SEG

(Series D)

Single-pole 9999 TC10 –

2-pole 9999 TC20 –

8539 SB, SC, SD, SE,

SF, SG (4)

Single-pole 9999 R26 –

2-pole 9999 R27 –

(1) Example: 8538 SBG 12 V01 Y74.

(2) Series A, B, C and D are product versions.

(3) Class 8538 type numbers ending in suffix "S8".

(4) No interlocks available when used with the GJL circuit-breaker.

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

Dimensions:

pages 2/22 and 2/23

2/22

Dimensions

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Disconnect switch or

Circuit breaker

Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)

Combination starters 8538 SpG

A B C D E F G H I

8538 SBG 175.3 469.9 175.3 165.1 0 88.9 86.4 175.3 101.6

8538 SCG 175.3 469.9 175.3 165.1 0 88.9 86.4 175.3 101.6

8538 SDG 200.7 558.8 190.5 177.8 78.7 121.9 0 195.6 152.4

8538 SEG 304.8 749.3 228.6 195.6 0 142.2 162.6 327.7 134.6

8538 SFG 330.2 990.6 279.4 292.1 0 177.8 152.4 330.2 228.6

8538 SGG (1) 439.4 1498.6 342.9 635.0 0 274.3 165.1 520.7 –

8538 SHG 812.8 2082.8 812.8 1016.0 0 330.2 482.6 889.0 –

(1) Combination starter does not contain a full-size panel. No usable panel space is available.

Available space for field requirements

Combination starters 8539 SpG

A B C D E F G H

8539 SBG 175.3 469.9 165.1 200.7 0 88.9 86.4 175.3

8539 SCG 175.3 469.9 165.1 200.7 0 88.9 86.4 175.3

8539 SDG 200.7 558.8 165.1 162.6 78.7 121.9 0 195.6

8539 SEG + FAL (1) 304.8 749.3 165.1 215.9 0 142.2 162.6 327.7

8539 SEG + KAL (1) 304.8 749.3 172.7 266.7 0 142.2 162.6 327.7

8539 SFG 330.2 990.6 172.7 317.5 0 177.8 152.4 330.2

8539 SGG + KAL (1) (2) 439.4 1498.6 172.7 584.2 0 274.3 165.1 520.7

8539 SGG + LAL (1) (2) 439.4 1498.6 228.6 622.3 0 274.3 165.1 520.7

8539 SHG + LAL (1) 812.8 2082.8 228.6 647.7 0 330.2 482.6 889.0

8539 SHG + MAL (1) 812.8 2082.8 317.5 1028.7 0 330.2 482.6 889.0

(1) Circuit-breaker.

(2) Combination starter does not contain a full-size panel. No usable panel space is available.

Available space for field requirements

GFE

Disconnect

Switch

Fuse

Base

Starter

GFE

Starter

Breaker

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

References:

pages 2/6 to 2/21

2/23

Dimensions (continued)

Combination Starters 0

Type S, NEMA-style starters with

Disconnect switch or

Circuit breaker

Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)

Combination starters 8538/8539 SBG to SDG (NEMA 1 enclosure)

ABCD E FG H I J

8538/8539 SBG 241.3 571.5 211.8 161.9 520.7 372.1 46.0 42.7 76.2 58.7

8538/8539 SCG 241.3 571.5 211.8 161.9 520.7 372.1 46.0 42.7 76.2 58.7

8538/8539 SDG 266.7 660.4 243.6 187.3 609.6 429.3 54.0 50.8 101.6 25.4

KLM N O W X Y

8538/8539 SBG 26.9 82.6 55.4 31.8 22.2 12.7–19.1 12.7–19.1 12.7

8538/8539 SCG 26.9 82.6 55.4 31.8 22.2 12.7–19.1 12.7–19.1 12.7

8538/8539 SDG 26.9 82.6 55.4 31.8 22.2 25.4–31.8 12.7–19.2 12.7

Combination starters 8538/8539 SEG to SJG (NEMA 1 enclosure)

ABCD E FG H J K

8538 SEG 387.4 1066.8 269.0 235.0 76.2 576.8 1041.4 12.7 71.6 89.7

8539 SEG 387.4 1066.8 269.0 235.0 76.2 576.8 1041.4 12.7 71.6 89.7

8538/8539 SFG 406.4 1333.5 267.5 254.0 76.2 600.7 1308.1 12.7 71.6 89.7

8538 SGG 508.0 1981.2 393.7 304.8 101.6 746.8 1955.8 12.7 89.2 114.6

8539 SGG 508.0 1676.4 348.2 304.8 101.6 746.8 1651.0 12.7 89.2 114.6

8538/8539 SHG 914.4 2286.0 534.2 ––1050.9 ––––

8539 SJG 863.6 533.4 2286.0 ––1257.3 ––––

LM N O W X Y

8538 SEG 127.0 68.1 136.5 32.5 25.4–31.8 12.7–19.2 12.7

8539 SEG 127.0 68.1 136.5 32.5 50.8–63.5 12.7–19.3 12.7

8538/8539 SFG 127.0 68.1 136.5 32.5 63.5 12.7–19.4 12.7

8538 SGG 235.0 80.8 – – 12.7–19.1 76.2 –

8539 SGG 127.0 80.8 – – 12.7–19.2 76.2 –

8538/8539 SHG 127.0 –––– – –

8539 SJG 127.0 –––– – –

Combination starters 8538/8539 SpA (NEMA 12 enclosure)

A B C D E F G H I J

8538/8539 SBA 241.3 211.8 609.6 82.6 63.5 114.3 596.9 15.0 112.5 363.5

8538/8539 SCA 241.3 211.8 609.6 82.6 63.5 114.3 596.9 15.0 112.5 363.5

8538/8539 SDA 266.7 243.6 704.9 82.6 63.5 139.7 685.8 9.5 104.8 420.6

8538/8539 SEA 387.4 269.0 1066.8 127.0 76.2 235.0 1041.4 12.7 128.5 566.7

8538 SFA 406.4 267.5 1333.5 127.0 76.2 254.0 1308.1 12.7 106.2 583.2

8539 SFA 406.4 267.5 1333.5 127.0 76.2 254.0 1308.1 12.7 131.6 583.2

8538 SGA 508.0 348.2 1981.2 235.0 101.6 304.8 1955.8 12.7 197.6 746.8

8539 SGA 508.0 348.2 1676.4 127.0 101.6 304.8 1651.0 12.7 197.6 696.0

8538/8539 SHA 914.4 431.8 2286.0 127.0 –––––1203.3

8539 SJA 863.6 533.4 2286.0 127.0 –––––1257.3

Combination starters 8538/8539 SpGpp S8 and 8538/8539 SpApp S8 (NEMA 12 enclosure)

A B C D E L

8538/8539 SpGpp S8 381.0 730.3 243.6 295.3 666.8 82.6

8538/8539 SpApp S8 381.0 787.4 278.4 228.6 768.4 82.6

(2) 0.31 in. (8 mm) dia. mounting holes.

(1) 0.31 in. (8 mm) dia. mounting holes for Sizes 0, 1, and 2, 0.44 in. (11 mm) dia. mounting holes for Sizes 3 and 4 , 0.56 in. (14 mm) dia. mounting holes located on

14 external flanges for Size 5.

(1)

WXW

Cover Open 90°

(1)

Cover Open 90°

(1)

(2)

General, characteristics:

pages 2/4 and 2/5

References:

pages 2/6 to 2/21

3/0

3 -

3/1

Contents

3 - Solid-State Overload Relays

bMotor Logic® base unit

vGeneral, description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/2

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/3

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/6

vDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/8

bMotor Logic® feature unit

vGeneral, description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/2

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/3

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/6

vDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/8

bMotor Logic® Plus programmable unit

vGeneral, description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/2

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/3

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/7

vDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/9

bMotor Logic® Plus II programmable unit

vGeneral, description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/4

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/5

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/7

vDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/9

3/2

General,

description

Solid-State Overload Relays 0

Motor Logic® base unit

Motor Logic® feature unit

Motor Logic® Plus programmable unit

General

Overload relays are intended to protect motors, controllers and branch-circuit conductors against excessive

heating due to prolonged motor overcurrents up to and including locked rotor currents. Protection of the motor and

the other branch-circuit components from higher currents, due to short-circuits or earth faults, is a function of the

branch-circuit fuses, circuit-breakers or motor short-circuit protectors.

Electric motors make up a large percentage of power system loads. Market demands for reduced downtime and

increased productivity have compelled the motor control industry to continuously evaluate motor protection technology.

Technology advancements now allow the motor control industry to offer several options for motor protection.

This briefly reviews traditional motor protection technologies and discusses the new, electronic motor protection

options. Important factors to consider in determining the appropriate overload protection include:

bApplication requirements.

bCost per feature of a given technology.

bWillingness and ability of all parts of the user's organization to embrace and implement the new technology.

Motor failure may be the result of electrical or mechanical factors. A study commissioned by the Electrical

Research Associates (ERA) of the United Kingdom indicated that the most common causes of motor failure are:

1 Overcurrent

2 Contamination

3 Single phasing

4 Bearing failure

5 Aging (natural wear)

6 Rotor fault

7 Miscellaneous

30 %

18 %

15 %

12 %

10 %

5 %

7 %

Failure modes 1, 3 and 7 are attributable to electrical issues. Modes 2, 4, 5 and 6 are the result of mechanical (and

some manufacturing) issues.

Historically, motor protection provided with the controller was only able to address the electrical causes of motor

failure. These electrical issues account for at least 45% of the most common causes of motor failure. Motor branch

circuits are protected against short circuits (instantaneous overload currents) and steady-state or low-level

sustained overloads. In the U.S., this protection is provided by the short-circuit protective device (SCPD) and the

motor overload relay, when they are applied according to the National Electrical Code (NEC).

Motor Logic solid-state overload relay base unit

As the market leader in motor control products, Square D offers the Motor Logic solid-state overload relay base

unit. It provides the most complete electronic overload protection available to date for the price.

Motor Logic solid-state overload relay feature unit

The Motor Logic solid-state overload relay feature unit offers the same features as the base unit, along with the

following:

bClass II earth fault detection to protect motors from hard-to-find earth fault conditions.

bSwitch-selectable trip class (Class 10 or Class 20) for application flexibility in a single unit.

Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relay

The Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relay is a fully programmable overload relay designed to

monitor three-phase a.c. motor systems. It has 16 programming parameters of which eight can be viewed from

the 3-digit alphanumeric LED display screen on the face of the overload relay. Additionally, these parameters can

be viewed through the use of a personal computer for remote access to motor performance and adjustments.

Description

Motor Logic solid-state overload relays 9065 Sp include:

1Adjustment dial

2Tamper-proof cover

3Reset button

Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relays 9065 SP include:

1Mode select switch (1)

23-digit alphanumeric LED display screen

3Display/Program switch

4Communication port (on side)

5Reset/Program button

(1) Low voltage set point, High voltage set point, Voltage unbalance set point, Overcurrent trip point, Undercurrent trip point,

Current unbalance trip point, Trip class (5, 10, 15, 20, 30), Rapid cycle timer (RD1), Overload restart delay (RD2), Underload

restart delay (RD3), Number of restarts after an overload, Unbalance, Single phasing (manual or automatic), RS-485 address,

Number of restarts after an underload fault, Underload trip delay and Earth fault trip point, Individual line voltages, Current

levels, as well as Average voltage and Average current.

Characteristics:

page 3/3

References:

pages 3/6 and 3/7

Dimensions:

page 3/8

3/3

Characteristics

Solid-State Overload Relays 0

Motor Logic® base unit

Motor Logic® feature unit

Motor Logic® Plus programmable unit

Tripping curves

Average operating time

related to multiples of the

current setting

Environment

Conforming to standards UL 508, NEMA ICS-2, IEC 60947-4-1

Product certifications UL Listed, CSA certified, e marked

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage °C - 40...+ 80

Operation °C - 25…+ 70

Electrical characteristics

Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

Class 9065

Type SpB SpC Sp 0 Sp 1 Sp 2 Sp 3 Sp 4 Sp 5 ST 620 ST 720

Current ranges A1.5…4.5 3…9 6…18 9…27 15…45 30…90 45…135 90…270 180…540 270…810

Withstand rating (stand alone) A5000 RMS symmetrical, 600 V 10 000 RMS symmetrical, 600 V

Rated insulation voltage a V 600

Control voltage Self-powered

Frequency limits Hz 48…62

Trip contact ratings A600/P300

Repeat trip time accuracy ± 2 %

Power wire connection Through hole device # 14–4

AWG

# 14–1/0

AWG

# 8–250

MCM

# 4–500

MCM

250–500

MCM

(1 or 2 per

phase)

250–500

MCM

(1 to 4 per

phase)

Control wire # 16–12 AWG (two per terminal)

Lug kit power wire # 14–8 AWG # 14–4

AWG

# 14–1/0

AWG

# 8–250

MCM

N/A N/A N/A

DIN adapter 35 mm DIN rail, 7.5 mm track depth

Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relays

Class 9065

Type SPBpSPCpSP 1pSP 2pSP 3pSP 4pSP 5pSP 6p

Current ranges A0.5…2.3 2…9 6…27 10…45 20…90 60…135 120…270 240…540

Withstand rating (stand alone) A100 000 (RMS symmetrical, 600 V) UL

100 000 (RMS symmetrical, 600 V) CSA

Rated insulation voltage a V 600

Control voltage 3-phase, 50/60 Hz a V 200 to 480, 500 to 600

Frequency limits Hz 48...66

Trip contact ratings B300

Repeat trip time accuracy Voltage ± 0.5 % of nominal voltage

Current ± 1 % (50 % min to 120 % max overcurrent)

Screen 3-digit alphanumeric LED display screen

Programming parameters 16

Power wire connection Through-hole device

Control wire # 12–22 AWG (two per terminal)

Lug kit power wire # 1/0–14 AWG

10000.0

1000.0

100.0

10.0

1.0

1.0 10.0

100

1000

10000

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000

(

)

x current setting

1Class 10

2Class 20

(

)

1Class 10

2Class 20

Motor Logic devices Motor Logic Plus devices

% of OC setting

General, description:

page 3/2

References:

pages 3/6 and 3/7

Dimensions:

page 3/8

3/4

General,

description

Solid-State Overload Relays 0

Motor Logic® Plus II programmable unit

General

The Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relay is separately powered from a 110/120 Vac,

50/60 Hz source. It has three internal current transformers for measuring phase currents from 0.5–90 A, and one

internal zero-sequence current transformer for measuring earth ground faults up to 10 A. Current measurements

from 90–540 A require the use of external CTs and result in a residual ground fault detection system.

LED indicators on the front face of the overload relay display the product status and the states of the fault relay,

the inputs, and the outputs. A reset button is located on the face for manual reset.

Four digital inputs are available via field wiring terminals. All digital inputs are internally pulled down to the board

reference. One power terminal (P) is used to source the inputs to +24 Vdc. Inputs 1 and 4 can be used as standard

digital inputs, or they can be independently configured through programming as PTC (positive temperature

coefficient) and Reset inputs, respectively. When Input 1 is configured as a PTC input, the return reference is to

the G terminal.

Three relay outputs are available via field wiring terminals: one Form C relay (single-pole, double-throw) for fault;

and two Form A relays (single-pole, single-throw) for contactor control. A Form C relay has one normally open

(N.O.) and one normally closed (N.C.) set of contacts that share a common terminal; when energized, both sets

of contacts change state. The Form A relays are normally open and wired to share a common terminal; however,

their operation is independent.

Two-wire Modbus® communication is internal to the overload relay and allows for direct connection to a

Motor Logic Plus display (9999 MLPD)(1) or motor management system (9999 MMS) via the terminal blocks

located on the front face. The DeviceNet communication module (9999 DN2) connects to the Sub-D connector on

the right side of the product.

The Motor Logic Plus II programmable overload relay provides the following protection features for 3-phase

(default) and single-phase motors:

bThermal Overload

bUndercurrent

Programmable trip delay from 2 to 60 seconds

bJam

bCurrent Unbalance (3-phase only)

Programmable from 2 to 25%

bPhase Loss (3-phase only)

bGround Fault (enabled/disabled)

Zero sequence transformer core

Programmable from 1 to 10 A

Ground fault inhibit programmable from 1 to 255 seconds

bReverse Phase (3-phase only)

bSingle Phase (3-phase only)

bPTC Thermistor

Other features include:

bProgrammable overload trip class: 5, 10, 15, 20, or 30

Manual and automatic reset option

Warning of impending faults

Motor thermal capacity

bRestart delay timers

Rapid cycle: programmable from 0 to 500 seconds

Motor cool down: programmable from 2 to 500 minutes

Dry well recovery: programmable from 2 to 500 minutes

Description

Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relay 9065 SP2

1Status, Trip/Warn, and output LEDs

23 fault relay outputs

33 outputs

44 input LEDs

5Sub-D connector for DeviceNet module (on side)

63 network terminals

74 digital inputs

8Reset/Test Trip button

(1) The Motor Logic Plus display is powered using the cable configuration kit (9999CCKIT) and a 9 V battery (not included).

9999DN2 installed.tif

9065 SP2 with 9999 DN2

MLPD reverse color.tif

9999 MLPD

9999MMS-2003-01.tif

9999 MMS

cable.tif

9999CCKIT

(battery not included)

Characteristics:

page 3/5

References:

page 3/7

Dimensions:

page 3/9

3/5

Characteristics

Solid-State Overload Relays 0

Motor Logic® Plus II programmable unit

Trip Class (TC)

The trip class for overload protection, described in the following table, defines the trip delay upon detection of a

thermal overload. (Refer to the tripping curves.) The motor and application determine the trip class. Consult the

motor manufacturer for the proper setting.

Note: Class 20 is the default setting for all Motor Logic Plus units.

Trip Class Application Description

5Small, fractional-horsepower motors where acceleration time is almost instantaneous or where

extremely quick trip times are required

10 (Fast Trip) Hermetic refrigerant motors, compressors, submersible pumps, and general-purpose motors that

reach rated speed in less than 4 seconds

15 Certain specialized applications

20 (Standard Trip) Most NEMA general-purpose motors are protected by this setting

30 (Slow Trip) Motors with long acceleration times (>10 seconds) or high-inertia loads

J Prefix Programming any trip class with the J prefix enables jam protection. This additional protection is

enabled 1 minute after the motor starts and provides a 2 second trip time for motors exceeding 400%

of the overcurrent setting, regardless of trip class.

Tripping curves

Average operating time

related to multiples of the

current setting

100

1000

10000

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000

Time (s)

1Class 10

2Class 20

Motor Logic Plus II devices

% of OC setting

General, description:

page 3/4

References:

page 3/7

Dimensions:

page 3/9

3/6

References

Solid-State Overload Relays 0

Motor Logic® base unit

Motor Logic® feature unit

Motor Logic solid-state overload relays base unit

NEMA Size

3-phase

Full-load

current

range

Open type Reference Weight

Akg (lb)

Motor Logic base unit for separate mounting

00C (1) 3…9 Trip Class 10 9065 SSC 10 0.5 (1)

Trip Class 20 9065 SSC 20 0.5 (1)

0 (1) 6…18 Trip Class 10 9065 SS 010 0.5 (1.2)

Trip Class 20 9065 SS 020 0.5 (1.2)

1 (1) 9…27 Trip Class 10 9065 SS 110 0.5 (1.2)

Trip Class 20 9065 SS 120 0.5 (1.2)

215…45 Trip Class 10 9065 SS 210 0.7 (1.5)

Trip Class 20 9065 SS 220 0.7 (1.5)

330…90 Trip Class 10 9065 SS 310 1.3 (2.9)

Trip Class 20 9065 SS 320 1.3 (2.9)

445…135 Trip Class 10 9065 SS 410 1.6 (3.6)

Trip Class 20 9065 SS 420 1.6 (3.6)

Motor Logic base unit for retrofitting existing Type S starters (2)

00C (1) 3…9 Trip Class 10 9065 SSC 10 0.5 (1)

Trip Class 20 9065 SSC 20 0.5 (1)

0 (1) 6…18 Trip Class 10 9065 SS 010 0.5 (1.2)

Trip Class 20 9065 SS 020 0.5 (1.2)

1 (1) 9…27 Trip Class 10 9065 SS 110 0.5 (1.2)

Trip Class 20 9065 SS 120 0.5 (1.2)

215…45 Trip Class 10 9065 SR 210 0.7 (1.5)

Trip Class 20 9065 SR 220 0.7 (1.5)

330…90 Trip Class 10 9065 SR 310 1.3 (2.9)

Trip Class 20 9065 SR 320 1.3 (2.9)

445…135 Trip Class 10 9065 SR 410 1.6 (3.6)

Trip Class 20 9065 SR 420 1.6 (3.6)

Motor Logic solid-state overload relays feature unit

NEMA Size

1/3-pole

Full-load

current

range

Open type Reference Weight

Akg (lb)

Motor Logic feature unit for separate mounting

00B (1) 1.5…4.5 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SFB 20 0.5 (1)

00C (1) 3…9 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SFC 20 0.5 (1)

0 (1) 6…18 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 020 0.5 (1.2)

1 (1) 9…27 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 120 0.5 (1.2)

215…45 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 220 0.7 (1.5)

330…90 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 320 1.3 (2.9)

445…135 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 420 1.6 (3.6)

Motor Logic feature unit for retrofitting existing Type S starters (2)

00B (1) 1.5…4.5 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SFB 20 0.5 (1)

00C (1) 3…9 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SFC 20 0.5 (1)

0 (1) 6…18 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 020 0.5 (1.2)

1 (1) 9…27 Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 120 0.5 (1.2)

215…45 Trip Class 10/20 9065 ST 220 0.7 (1.5)

330…90 Trip Class 10/20 9065 ST 320 1.3 (2.9)

445…135 Trip Class 10/20 9065 ST 420 1.6 (3.6)

5 (3) 90…270 Trip Class 10/20 9065 ST 520 0.5 (1.2)

6 (3) 180…540 Trip Class 10/20 9065 ST 620 0.5 (1.2)

7 (3) 270…810 Trip Class 10/20 9065 ST 720 0.5 (1.2)

Kits

Type Kit description For use on Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Lug-lug kit For separate mounting 9065 Sp (Sizes 00C/0/1 only) 9999 LLO –

Lug-extender kit For retrofitting existing

Type S starters

9065 Sp (Sizes 00C/0/1 only) 9999 LBO –

(1) Size supplied without lugs.

(2) For Type S starter references, see pages 1/6 to 1/13.

(3) Replacement for Type S starters with an existing Motor Logic solid-state overload relay. Does not include primary current

transformer or additional components.

531203

9065 SSC 10

General, description:

page 3/2

Characteristics:

page 3/3

Dimensions:

page 3/6

3/7

References

Solid-State Overload Relays 0

Motor Logic® Plus programmable unit

Motor Logic® Plus II programmable unit

Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relays

NEMA Size

3-phase

Product

current range

Voltage Reference Weight

A V kg (lb)

00 0.5…2.3 200…480 9065 SPB 4 1 (3)

600 9065 SPB 6 1 (3)

02…9 200…480 9065 SPC 4 1 (3)

600 9065 SPC 6 1 (3)

16…27 200…480 9065 SP 14 1 (3)

600 9065 SP 16 1 (3)

210…45 200…480 9065 SP 24 1 (3)

600 9065 SP 26 1 (3)

320…90 200…480 9065 SP 34 1 (3)

600 9065 SP 36 1 (3)

4 (1) 60…135 200…480 9065 SP 44 1 (3)

600 9065 SP 46 1 (3)

5 (2) 120…270 200…480 9065 SP 54 1 (3)

600 9065 SP 56 1 (3)

6 (3) 240…540 200…480 9065 SP 64 1 (3)

600 9065 SP 66 1 (3)

Variants of Type S starters

Description Current range Factory modification Reference Suffix Weight

Akg (lb)

Motor Logic

Plus

programmable

solid-state

overload relays

(add to the

starter

reference)

(4)

0.5…2.3 No modification for 200…480 V B20 –

No modification for 600 V B24 –

2…9 No modification for 200…480 V B30 –

No modification for 600 V B34 –

6…27 No modification for 200…480 V B40 –

No modification for 600 V B44 –

10…45 No modification for 200…480 V B50 –

No modification for 600 V B54 –

20…90 No modification for 200…480 V B60 –

No modification for 600 V B64 –

60…135 No modification for 200…480 V B70 –

No modification for 600 V B74 –

120…270 No modification for 200…480 V B80 –

No modification for 600 V B84 –

240…540 No modification for 200…480 V B90 –

No modification for 600 V B94 –

Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relays

NEMA Size

3-phase

Product

current range

Voltage Reference Weight

A V kg (lb)

00 0.5…2.3 600 9065 SP2 B6 1 (3)

02…9 600 9065 SP2 C6 1 (3)

16…27 600 9065 SP2 16 1 (3)

210…45 600 9065 SP2 26 1 (3)

320…90 600 9065 SP2 36 1 (3)

4 (1) 60…135 600 9065 SP2 46 1 (3)

5 (2) 120…270 600 9065 SP2 56 1 (3)

6 (3) 240…540 600 9065 SP2 66 1 (3)

Variants of Type S starters

Description Current range Factory modification Reference Suffix Weight

Akg (lb)

Motor Logic

Plus

programmable

solid-state

overload relays

(add to the

starter

reference)

(4)

0.5…2.3 No modification for 600 V H50 –

2…9 No modification for 600 V H51 –

6…27 No modification for 600 V H52 –

10…45 No modification for 600 V H53 –

20…90 No modification for 600 V H54 –

60…135 No modification for 600 V H55 –

120…270 No modification for 600 V H56 –

240…540 No modification for 600 V H57 –

(1) Size 4 requires the use of external current transformer. Ratio of 150: 5 recommended.

(2) Size 5 requires the use of external current transformer. Ratio of 300: 5 recommended.

(3) Size 6 requires the use of external current transformer. Ratio of 600: 5 recommended.

(4) For Type S Open style starter references, see pages 1/6 to 1/13.

531202

9065 SPB 4

SSOLR MLPII.tif

9065 SP2

General, description:

pages 3/2 and 3/4

Characteristics:

pages 3/3 and 3/5

Dimensions:

page 3/9

3/8

Dimensions

Solid-State Overload Relays 0

Motor Logic® base unit

Motor Logic® feature unit

Dimensions are inch

------------

Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

9065 Spp10 / Spp20 9065 SS 2p0 / SR 2p0 / SF 220 / ST 220

(1) 2 holes. 2 slots for 8-32 mounting screws.

9065 SS 3p0 / SR 3p0 / SF 320 / ST 320 9065 SS 4p0 / SR 4p0 / SF 420 / ST 420

9065 ST 520

RESET

Reset

Travel

.24

3.90

2.23

.31

.27

7.28

1.00

1.59

3.26

.36

.89

2.69

2.81

(1)

RESET

4.28

109

3.91

Reset

Travel

.24

0.00

2.19

3.51

3.24

1.70

43 1.84

1.24

RESET

.30

1.08

1.50

3.25

4.74

120

5.32

135

.29

74.45

113

4.16

106

5.02

128

3.80

5.33

135

.38

10 1.57

2.96

75 3.56

2.26

1.57

40 .32

Reset

Travel

.24

.31

RESET

Reset

Travel

1.50

3.25

4.74

120

5.32

135

.29

7.30

1.08

5.33

135

.38

1.57

2.96

75 3.56

2.26

1.57

4.53

115

4.16

106 5.92

150

3.80

.32

.24

.31

M123

RESET

MeterLogic®

200

160 120

220

270

2.25

7.38

187

7.75

197

5.88

149

.25

210

1.18

General, description:

page 3/2

Characteristics:

page 3/3

References:

page 3/6

3/9

Dimensions (continued)

Solid-State Overload Relays 0

Motor Logic® Plus programmable unit

Motor Logic® Plus II programmable unit

Dimensions are inch

------------

Motor Logic Plus programmable solid-state overload relays

9065 SPB / SPC / SP

Motor Logic Plus II programmable solid-state overload relays

9065 SP2 p6

(1) Optional communication module.

2.20

(55,9)

2.14

(54,4)

200–480 V~

50/60 Hz

CONTACT RATING

NEMA B300

5.05

(128)

3.85 (97,8)

4.37 (111)

3.60 (91,4)

ø 0.65 (16,5) 4.70

(119)

1.20

(30,5)

(1)

7 lb-in (0,8 N m) 96 95 98

™®

TC RUN

RESET/

PROGRAM

#RU/ADDR

RD2

RD1

CUB

OC MULT VUB

UCTD

#RF

RD3

Motor Logic Plus

3.0

(77,

2.65

(67,3)

2.03

(51,6)

0.70

(17,8)

0.25

(6,35) 0.34

(8,64)

2.28

(57,9)

0.20

(5,08)

3.10 (78,7)

L1 L2 L3NO NCC

DISPLAY / PROGRAM9065 SPC4

2.0-9.0 A, SER. B

MODE SELECT

LISTED

IND. CONT. EQ.

786X

MADE IN USA

HECHO EN EUA

FABRIQUE AUX E.U.

L1–L2

L2–L3

L3–L1

AVG

AA 0149 SUITABLE 5 kA RMS

600 VAC MAX

3.85 (97,8)

3.60 (91,4)

4.37 (111)

<5.51

(140)

4.70

(119)

1.20

(30,5)

2.14

(54,4)

2.20

(55,9)

Ø 0.65 (16,5)

0.67

(17,0)

1.80

(45,7)

2.93

(74,4)

3.05

(77,5)

2.65

(67,3)

0.70

(17,8)

0.25

(6,35)

2.28

(57,9)

0.20

(5,08)

3.10 (78,7)

2.03

(51,6)

A2 98

I2 G

95 96 13/23

14 24

RESET/TEST

110/120 Vac

50/60 Hz

STATU S

TRIP/WARN

OUT A

OUT B

IN 1

IN 2

IN 3

IN 4

Motor Logic® Plus II

General, description:

pages 3/2 and 3/4

Characteristics:

pages 3/3 and 3/5

References:

page 3/7

4/0

4 -

4/1

Contents

4 - Definite Purpose Contactors

bTypes DP and DPA Class 8910

vGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/2

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/3

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/4

vAccessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/6

vDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/8

4/2

General

Definite Purpose Contactors 0

Types DP and DPA Class 8910

(1) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch).

General

Definite purpose contactors

Definite purpose contactors are ideal for heating, air conditioning, refrigeration, data

processing and food service equipment. New compact single- and 2-pole contactors

are available, as well as full-size 2-, 3- and 4-pole devices.

bFeatures:

v compact design,

v industry standard mounting,

v double break contacts,

v low coil VA,

v straight-through wiring,

v low cost,

v open contact constructions for easier contact inspection,

v optional cover over contacts.

They feature quick-connect terminals and binding head screws for easy wiring. Box

lugs are standard on 40 A contactors and larger.

An exclusive DIN track mounting option may reduce installation costs.

Coils can be changed on the Type DPA contactors quickly without a tool.

Auxiliary contact modules snap on either side of the Type DPA contactors.

Contactors with fuse blocks

The DPA fused-type contactor provides an integrally mounted fuse block with fuse

clips electrically connected to the contactor. This factory assembled unit not only

provides space savings but reduces installation cost as well, with only six field

connections for a 3-pole unit and featuring one unit for two functions, i.e., short-circuit

protection for branch circuits and remote or manual power circuit interruption. The

fused contactor thus meets the provisions of the National Electric Code (NEC) Article

424 for overcurrent protection as well as limit controls for fixed electric space heating.

By a unique fuse clip arrangement, these devices can accommodate a variety of

fuses for other electrical or electronic applications. This fused cover accommodates

the Type SC 300 volt fuse, which is UL listed under Type G, as well as the standard

10 mm x 38 mm fuses (1).

Only UL-listed, Class G, K, H or J fuses meet branch circuit requirements when

applied in accordance with NEC Article 240. Supplementary fuses shown may be

used for additional equipment protection as defined in NEC 240-30.

Consult the manufacturer of the selected fuse for proper application.

8910 DPA 33 V02

3-pole contactor

531125

8910 DP 31 V02

Single-pole contactor

531124

8910 DPA 23 V02 DFM1

Contactor with fuse block

531257

Characteristics:

page 4/3

References:

pages 4/4 to 4/7

Dimensions:

pages 4/8 and 4/9

4/3

Characteristics

Definite Purpose Contactors 0

Types DP and DPA Class 8910

Characteristics

Class 8910

Type DP

11/12

21/22

31/32

41/42

DPA

12/13/

DPA

22/23/

DPA

32/33/

DPA

42/43/

DPA

52/53

DPA

62/63

DPA

72/73

DPA

92/93

DPA

122/

123

Environment

Rated insulation voltage

Conforming to UL, CSA V600

Rated impulse withstand voltage kV 5

Conforming to standards

NEMA ICS-1, ICS-2 Yes

UL 508 Yes

Product certifications

UL Yes

CSA Yes

eYes

Ambient air temperature around the device - 30…

Storage °C 0…65 + 65

Operation °C 0…65 0…40

Operating position

Without derating Vertical

Pole characteristics

Number of poles (P) 1, 2 2, 3, 4 2, 3

Rated operational voltage

Up to V600

Frequency limits

Of the operational current Hz 50/60

Conventional thermal current (FLA) A20 25 30 40 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 90 120

Rated making capacity (LRA)

At 240 V A–120 150 180 240 300 360 450 540 720

At 277 V A100 125 150 200 –

At 480 V A100 125 150 150/

200

100 125 150 200 250 300 375 450 600

At 600 V A80 100 120 150/

160

80 100 120 160 200 240 300 360 480

Resistive rating

At 600 V A30/30 30/35 40/40 50/50 25 35 40 50 62 75 94 120

a.c. control circuit characteristics

Rated control circuit voltage V600 24/

600

Average consumption 60Hz

Inrush VA 30 56 (1) 109 214 700

Sealed VA 66 (1) 10 19 46

Heat dissipation 60 Hz

Sealed W2.5 2.7 (2) 3.3 7.5 14

Mechanical durability (3)

In thousands of operating cycles 500

Power circuit connections

Type of termination Binding head

screw

Screw

clamp

terminal

Box

lug

Binding head screw Box lug

Wire sizes (Min./max.) (4) #14 - #8 #14 -

#14 - #8 #14 -

#14 - #2 #14 - #1/0

Control circuit connections

Type of termination .250" Quick connect .250" Quick connect/binding head screw Screw

clamp

terminal

Wire sizes (Min./max.) (4) #16 - #12

(1) 4-pole has 109 VA inrush, 10 VA sealed.

(2) 4-pole Watts are 3.3.

(3) Operating cycles are without a load (mechanical durability).

(4) Solid or stranded copper wire (AWG).

External auxiliary contacts

Type 9999 D10/D01/D11/D20/SX6/SX7/SX8/SX9/SX10

Voltage a V 120 or less

Making current a A 60 (35% power factor)

Breaking current a A 6 (35% power factor)

Continuous current A10

General:

page 4/2

References:

pages 4/4 to 4/7

Dimensions:

pages 4/8 and 4/9

4/4

References

Definite Purpose Contactors 0

Types DP and DPA Class 8910

Full-load

Amperes

Locked rotor

Amperes

Resistive

load

Amperes

Motor power ratings N/O

poles

N/C

poles

(1)

Basic reference

Add code indicating

control circuit

voltage (2)

Weight

115V

single-

phase

230V

single-

phase

230V

3-phase

460/575V

3-phase

277V 480V 575V

A A A A A hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW kg (lb)

Compact single-pole contactors

20 100 100 80 25 11.1 21.5 ––––1– 8910 DP 11 (2) 0.2 (0.5)

25 125 125 100 30 21.5 32.2 ––––1–8910 DP 21 (2) 0.2 (0.5)

30 150 150 120 40 21.5 32.2 ––––1–8910 DP 31 (2) 0.2 (0.5)

40 240 200 160 50 (3) 2 1.5 53.7 ––––1–8910 DP 41 (2) 0.2 (0.5)

Compact 2-pole contactors (4)

20 100 100 80 30 11.1 21.5 ––––2–8910 DP 12 (2) 0.2 (0.5)

25 125 125 100 35 21.5 32.2 ––––2–8910 DP 22 (2) 0.2 (0.5)

30 150 150 120 40 21.5 53.7 ––––2–8910 DP 32 (2) 0.2 (0.5)

40 240 200 160 50 21.5 53.7 ––––28910 DP 42 (2) 0.2 (0.5)

2-, 3- and 4-pole contactors (4)

20 120 100 80 25 11.1 21.5 53.7 7.5 5.5 2 –8910 DPA 12 (2) 0.5 (1)

3–8910 DPA 13 (2) 0.5 (1)

4–8910 DPA 14 (2) 0.6 (1.3)

25 150 125 100 35 21.5 32.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 2 –8910 DPA 22 (2) 0.5 (1)

3–8910 DPA 23 (2) 0.5 (1)

4–8910 DPA 24 (2) 0.6 (1.3)

30 180 150 120 40 21.5 53.7 10 7.5 15 11 2 –8910 DPA 32 (2) 0.5 (1)

3–8910 DPA 33 (2) 0.5 (1)

4–8910 DPA 34 (2) 0.6 (1.3)

40 240 200 160 50 32.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 20 15 2 –8910 DPA 42 (2) 0.5 (1)

3–8910 DPA 43 (2) 0.5 (1)

4–8910 DPA 44 (2) 0.7 (1.5)

50 300 250 200 62 32.2 10 7.5 15 11 30 22 2 –8910 DPA 52 (2) 0.7 (1.5)

3–8910 DPA 53 (2) 0.7 (1.5)

60 360 300 240 75 53.7 10 7.5 25 18.5 30 22 2 –8910 DPA 62 (2) 0.7 (1.5)

3–8910 DPA 63 (2) 0.7 (1.5)

75 450 375 300 94 53.7 15 11 25 18.5 40 30 2 –8910 DPA 72 (2) 1.6 (3.5)

3–8910 DPA 73 (2) 1.7 (3.7)

90 540 450 360 120 7.5 5.5 20 15 30 22 50 37 2 –8910 DPA 92 (2) 1.4 (3)

3–8910 DPA 93 (2) 1.7 (3.7)

120 720 600 480 120 10 7.5 25 18.5 40 30 75 55 2 –8910 DPA 122 (2) 2 (4.4)

3–8910 DPA 123 (2) 5.9 (13)

4-pole contactors (4)

20 120 100 80 25 11.1 21.5 53.7 7.5 5.5 2 2 8910 DPA 14 (2) Y392 0.6 (1.3)

25 150 125 100 35 21.5 32.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 2 2 8910 DPA 24 (2) Y392 0.6 (1.3)

30 180 150 120 40 21.5 53.7 10 7.5 15 11 2 2 8910 DPA 34 (2) Y392 0.6 (1.3)

40 240 200 160 50 32.2 7.5 5.5 10 7.5 20 15 2 2 8910 DPA 44 (2) Y392 0.7 (1.5)

(1) N/C poles on outside. N/C poles open before N/O poles close.

(2) Standard control circuit voltage for 8910 DP/DPA:

Volts 24 110 120 208–240 220 277 440 480 550 600

50 Hz V14V02– – V09– V06 (5) – V07 (6) –

60 Hz V14 – V02 V09 – V04 – V06 (5) –V07 (6)

Standard control circuit voltage for 8910 DPA 122/DPA 123:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 230–240 440 480 550 600

50 Hz V12V02– – V03– V06– V07–

60 Hz V01 (7) – V02 V08 – V03 – V06 – V07

(3) 50 A resistive limited to 277V. All others rated 40 A resistive (above 277V).

(4) Above 240V, all lines must be switched.

(5) Not available for Type 8910 DP 11 to 8910 DP 31 single-pole devices.

(6) Not available for Type 8910 DP single- and 2-pole devices.

(7) Only available on Types 8910 DPA 122/DPA 123.

8910 DPA 33

531125

General:

page 4/2

Characteristics:

page 4/3

Dimensions:

pages 4/8 and 4/9

4/5

References

Definite Purpose Contactors 0

Types DP and DPA Class 8910

Contactors with fuse blocks (1)

Contactors Fuse Suffix to the

contactor reference

(3)

Weight

Rating Maximum

rating

voltage

Dimen-

sions

(2)

Class

A V mm kg (lb)

8910 DPA 13/23/33/43 3 600 10 x 38 CC (3) DFC1 0.35 (0.8)

60 480 10 x 57 G (3) DFG1 0.35 (0.8)

30 480 10 x 41 G (3) DFG2 0.35 (0.8)

30 250 14 x 51 H or K (3) DFH1 0.35 (0.8)

60 250 20 x 76 H or K (3) DFH2 0.35 (0.8)

30 600 20 x 57 J (3) DFJ1 0.40 (0.9)

60 600 26 x 60 J (3) DFJ2 0.40 (0.9)

30 600 10 x 38 M (3) DFM1 0.40 (0.9)

30 250 14 x 51 R (3) DFR1 0.35 (0.8)

60 250 20 x 76 R (3) DFR2 0.35 (0.8)

30 300 14 x 22 T (3) DFT1 0.35 (0.8)

60 300 14 x 22 T (3) DFT2 0.35 (0.8)

30 600 14 x 22 T (3) DFT3 0.40 (0.9)

60 600 25 x 39 T (3) DFT4 0.40 (0.9)

(1) For dimensions, see page 4/9.

(2) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch).

(3) 8910 DPA 13 or 23 or 33 or 43 plus standard control circuit voltage:

Volts 24 110 120 208–240 220 277 440 480 550 600

50 Hz V14 V02 – – V09 – V06 – V07 –

60 Hz V14 – V02 V09 – V04 – V06 – V07

Example: 8910 DPA 33 V02 DFG1.

8910 DPA 23 V02 DFM1

531257

General:

page 4/2

Characteristics:

page 4/3

Dimensions:

pages 4/8 and 4/9

4/6

References

Definite Purpose Contactors 0

Types DP and DPA Class 8910

Accessories

External auxiliary contacts

For use with Description Reference Weight

kg (lb)

8910 DPA 1 N/O contact 9999 D10 0.03

(0.07)

1 N/C contact 9999 D01 0.03

(0.07)

1 N/O and 1 N/C contacts 9999 D11 0.04

(0.09)

2 N/O contacts 9999 D20 0.04

(0.09)

8910 DPA 122/123 1 N/O contact 9999 SX6 0.03

(0.07)

1 N/C contact 9999 SX7 0.03

(0.07)

1 N/O and 1 N/C isolated contacts 9999 SX8 0.04

(0.09)

1 N/O make before break contact 9999 SX9 0.03

(0.07)

1 N/C make before break contact 9999 SX10 0.03

(0.07)

NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures

For use with Full-load

Amperes

Poles Reference Weight

Akg (lb)

8910 DP (1) 20…40 1 and 2 9991 DPG1 1.1 (2.5)

8910 DPA 20…40 2 and 3 9991 DPG1 1.1 (2.5)

50 2 and 3 9991 DPG2 1.8 (4)

20…40 4 9991 DPG2 1.8 (4)

60…75 2 and 3 9991 DPG3 3 (7)

90…120 2 and 3 9991 DPG4 4 (9)

Variants

Type For use on Suffix to the

contactor reference

(2)

Weight

kg (lb)

Screw clamp

terminal connectors

8910 DPA 1p/2p/3pY122 –

Box lugs 8910 DPA 1p/2p/3pY124 –

DIN mounting

bracket attachment

(35 mm wide)

8910 DPA 1p/2p/3p/4p/5p/6pY135 –

(1) Optional contact cover 9999 DRC1, only available for 8910 DP compact single-pole or 2-pole

contactors.

(2) Example: 8910 DPA 12 V02 Y122.

Auxiliary contact

531258

Bottom Tabs

Top Hooks

Operating Tab

Contactor

General:

page 4/2

Characteristics:

page 4/3

Dimensions:

pages 4/8 and 4/9

4/7

References (continued)

Definite Purpose Contactors 0

Types DP and DPA Class 8910

Accessories

Replacement coils

Type For use on Poles Average

consumption

(60 Hz)

Basic reference

Add code

indicating control

circuit voltage (1)

Weight

Inrush Sealed

VA VA kg (lb)

Replacement

coils

8910 DPA 1p/2p/3p/4p2 and 3 56 6 9998 DA1 ppp –

8910 DPA p44109109998 DA2 ppp –

8910 DPA 5p/6p2 and 3 109 10 9998 DA2 ppp –

8910 DPA 7p/9p2 and 3 214 19 9998 DA3 ppp –

Replacement parts kits

Type Kit description For use on Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Replacement

parts kits

Contains the necessary

movable and stationary

contacts, contact springs and

additional hardware for one pole

8910 DPA 1p9998 DRC1 –

8910 DPA 2p9998 DRC2 –

8910 DPA 3p9998 DRC3 –

8910 DPA 4p9998 DRC4 –

8910 DPA 5p9998 DRC5 –

8910 DPA 6p9998 DRC6 –

8910 DPA 7p9998 DRC7 –

8910 DPA 9p9998 DRC9 –

8910 DPA 12p9998 DRC12 –

Miscellaneous parts

Type For use on Reference Weight

kg (lb)

DIN mounting

adaptor plate

8910 DPA 9999 DMB1 –

(1) Standard control circuit voltage:

Volts 24 110 120 208–240 220 277 440 480 550 600

50 Hz V14 V02 – – V09 – V06 – V07 –

60 Hz V14 – V02 V09 – V04 – V06 – V07

Example: 9998 DA1 V02.

General:

page 4/2

Characteristics:

page 4/3

Dimensions:

pages 4/8 and 4/9

4/8

Dimensions

Definite Purpose Contactors 0

Types DP and DPA Class 8910

Dimensions are inch

------------

8910 DP 11/21/31/41 (single-pole) 8910 DP 12/22/32/42 (2-pole)

(1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws. (1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws.

8910 DPA 12/13/22/23/32/33/42/43 (2 and 3-pole/20–40 A) 8910 DPA 14/24/34/44 (4-pole/20–40 A)

(1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws. (1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws.

8910 DPA 5p/6p (2 and 3-pole/50–60 A) 8910 DPA 7p/9p (2 and 3-pole/75–90 A)

(1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws. (1) Provisions for #10 or M5 mounting screws.

2.87

3.29

1.63

2.31

.83

.27

2.16

1.63

42 2.22

(1)

2.87

3.29

1.63

2.31

.83

.27

2.16

1.63

42 2.22

(1)

2.50

2.00

1.50

.50

(1)

3.12

.25

3.25

4.00

102 3.75

3.17

2.25

.46

.81

3.25

.25

1.55

(1)

3.11

4.00

102 3.75

.24

2.11

1.54

4.06

103

3.27

2.56

.23

.51

(1)

.07

.09

3.72

3.67

2.87

2.50

(1)

3.39

4.44

113

4.37

111 .39

4.63

118 5.20

132

.06

5.12

130

.44

.26

7.26

General:

page 4/2

Characteristics:

page 4/3

References:

pages 4/4 to 4/7

4/9

Dimensions

Definite Purpose Contactors 0

Types DP and DPA Class 8910

Dimensions are inch

------------

8910 DPA 122/123 (120 A)

(1) Provision for 1/4" mounting screw.

Contactors with fuse blocks

(2) A B C

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFC1 91 150 117

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFG1 91 155 119

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFG2 91 150 114

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFH1 91 150 119

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFH2 107 168 135

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFJ1 91 150 132

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFJ2 119 152 135

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFM1 91 150 117

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFR1 91 152 119

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFR2 107 168 136

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFT1 91 150 114

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFT2 91 150 114

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFT3 119 155 114

8910 DPA p3 ppp DFT4 119 150 114

(2) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)

.31

8.12

(1)

5.38

137

6.50

165

6.63

168

4.75

121

6.03

153 6.86

174

1.50

.31

Side View

General:

page 4/2

Characteristics:

page 4/3

References:

pages 4/4 to 4/7

5/0

5/1

Contents

5 - Lighting Contactors

bMultipole lighting contactors, Types L, LX and S Class 8903

vGeneral, characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/2

bMultipole lighting contactors, Types L and LX Class 8903

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/4

bMultipole lighting contactors, Type S Class 8903

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/5

bMultipole lighting contactors, Types L, LX and S Class 8903

vAccessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/7

vVariants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/8

vDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/10

5/2

General,

characteristics

Lighting Contactors 0

Multipole lighting contactors

Types L, LX and S Class 8903

General

Lighting contactors have evolved from the need for more

than just simple on-off manual control of lights. Today's

requirements call for the development of new and varied

types of control. Often the application will call for remote

control of lighting from some distant location. This control

may not be in addition to a master control station at a

central location. Certain applications include the use of

automatic control by time clocks or photoelectric cells.

Whatever the need may be, applications are increasing and

lighting contactors are designed to meet the ever-changing

requirements.

Typical installations include:

bParking lots.

bIndustrial plants.

bOffice buildings.

bTheatres and auditoriums.

bHospitals and institutions.

bShopping centres.

bStadiums.

bAirports.

Multipole lighting contactors, Types L and LX Class 8903

Features:

b30 A fluorescent lighting rating.

b20 A tungsten lighting rating.

bElectrically and mechanically held.

b2 to 12-pole versions.

bField-convertible contacts with N/O and N/C indicators (8 N/C contacts maximum).

Multipole lighting contactors, Type S Class 8903

Features:

b30…800 A lighting ratings.

bElectrically and mechanically held.

b2- to 5-pole versions (5-pole to 200 A).

bUL-listed short-circuit rating up to 100 000 A.

bMixed load ratings (lighting and motor).

bFactory-wired controls and clearly marked termination points.

Characteristics

Class 8903

Type Lp/LXpSMpSPpSQpSVpSXpSYpSZpSJp

Environment

Rated insulation voltage Conforming to UL, CSA… aV600

Conforming to standards NEMA ICS-1, ICS-2, UL 508, CSA 22-2 n° 14

Product certifications UL, CSA

Ambient air temperature

around the device

Storage °C - 30…+ 65

Operation °C 0…+ 40

Max. operating altitude Without derating m2000

Operating position Without derating Vertical

Power circuit connections

Type of termination

Screw clamp terminal

Box lug

Wire sizes (Min./max.)

(AWG)

Solid or stranded copper

wire

#14–#10 #14–#8 #14–#2

(1)

#14–#2/0 (1) #6–350

MCM (1)

#4–600

MCM (1)

(2)

#6–350

MCM (1)

(3)

#4–600

MCM (1)

(3)

#30/0–

750MCM

(1) (4)

(1) Solid or stranded aluminium wire. (2) Two wires #4–250 MCM. (3) Two holes. (4) Four holes.

Control circuit connections

Type of termination Screw clamp terminal

Wire sizes (Min./max.) Solid or stranded copper wire (AWG) #16–#12

Pole characteristics

Number of poles (P) 2–12 2–5 2–3

Rated operating voltage Up to aV600

Frequency limits Of the operating current Hz 50/60

Conventional thermal current (FLA) A30 60 100 200 300 400 600 800

Rated making capacity Tungsten A10 x rated current

Ballast A3 x rated current

Resistance heating rating At 600V A20 30 60 100 200 300 400 600 800

a.c. control circuit characteristics

Rated control circuit voltage aV24–600

(2–6P)

(8–12P)

24–600 24–600 (2–3P)

110–600 (4–5P)

110–600

Average consumption 60Hz

Electrically held

Inrush VA 150/180 245 311/438 700/1185 1185 1300 1780 1960

Sealed VA 30/35 27 37/38 41/89 89 14 48 59

Average consumption 50Hz

Electrically held

Inrush VA 140/170 232 296/429 678/1260 1260 1300 1495 –

Sealed VA 30/35 26 36/37 47/89 89 14 56 –

Heat dissipation 60Hz Electrically held - Sealed W6.5/9.5 7.8 14/14 14/22 22 13 32 36

Heat dissipation 50Hz Electrically held - Sealed W–7.7 12/12 15/23 23 –27 –

Inrush 60 Hz

Mechanically held

Latch coil VA 150/180 245 311/438 700/973 973 2970 1530

Unlatch coil VA 25/25 140 140/140 550/550 550 2100

Inrush 50 Hz

Mechanically held

Latch coil VA 140/170 232 296/429 678/– –2970 1250

Unlatch coil VA –

Mechanical durability Electrically held 4000 10,000 3000 2000 1500 500

In x 103 of operating cycles Mechanically held 1000 500

531221

8903 L

Electrically held

531222

8903 LX

Mechanically held

531223

8903 S

pp p

Electrically held

531224

8903 S

pp pp

Mechanically held

References:

pages 5/4 to 5/9

Dimensions:

pages 5/10 and 5/11

5/3

Characteristics (continued)

Lighting Contactors 0

Multipole lighting contactors

Types L, LX and S Class 8903

Electrical characteristics (continued)

Class 8903

Type Lp/LXpSMpSPpSQpSVpSXpSYpSZpSJp

Contactor continuous rating A30 30 60 100 200 300 400 600 (1) 800

a Voltage ratings

Tungsten lamp loads

Single-pole to load a V 20 A/277 277 –

2-pole to load on single-phase and 3-pole to load on

3-phase

a V 20 A/480 480 –

Ballast loads

Single-pole to load a V 277 (2) 347

2-pole to load on single-phase and 3-pole to load on

3-phase

a V 480 (2) 600

Resistive loads

a VSingle-pole to load 20 A/600 600

2-pole to load on single-phase and 3-pole to load on

3-phase

a V 20 A/600 600

c Voltage ratings

Tungsten lamp or resistance loads

2-pole in series c V 125 250 –

3-pole in series c V 20 A/250 250

UL-listed short-circuit rating

Contactors protected by fused disconnect switches

Maximum Class RK5 fuse rating A30 30 60 100 200 400 400 – –

Maximum voltage V600 480 600 – –

Available Amperes (RMS sym) kA 100 –30 (5)

Contactors protected by circuit breakers

Maximum circuit breaker rating A25 40 80/90 125 250/225 400 800 800 1200

Recommended circuit breaker type Thermal-magnetic

Maximum voltage V240/480 480/600/480 600/480 600

Available Amperes (RMS sym) kA 22/14 10/5/100 18/14/100 10/100 14/100 22/100 22 30

Kilowatt ratings (3)

Voltage kW 6.9 10.3 20.7 34.6 69.2 103.9 138.5 207.8 277.1a 200 V

a 230 V kW 7.9 11.9 23.9 39.8 79.6 119.5 159.3 239 318.7

a 380 V kW 13.1 19.7 39.4 65.8 131.6 197.4 263.2 394.9 526.5

a 460 V kW 15.9 23.9 47.8 79.8 159.3 239 318.6 478 637.4

a 575 V kW 19.9 30 60 99 199 299 398.4 597.6 796.7

Motor power ratings equivalent to NEMA Size contactor –Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 6 Size 7

Mixed load ratings

Percent lighting (and/or resistive) load: 0%

Motor voltage and phases (4)

200 V / 3-phase Max. motor hp –7.5 10 25 40 75 125 150 250

230 V / 3-phase Max. motor hp –7.5 15 30 50 100 150 200 300

380 V / 3-phase Max. motor hp –10 25 50 75 150 250 300 400

460…575 V / 3-phase Max. motor hp –10 25 50 100 200 300 400 600

115 V / single-phase Max. motor hp –237.5 – – – – –

230 V / single-phase Max. motor hp –37.5 15 – – – – –

Percent lighting (and/or resistive) load: 75%

200 V / 3-phase Max. non-motor A–22.5 45 75 150 225 300 450 600

Max. motor hp –1.5 3515 20 30 50 60

230 V / 3-phase Max. non-motor A–22.5 45 75 150 225 300 450 600

Max. motor hp –237.5 15 25 30 50 75

380 V / 3-phase Max. non-motor A–22.5 45 75 150 225 300 450 600

Max. motor hp –37.5 10 30 40 60 75 125

460…575 V / 3-phase Max. non-motor A–22.5 45 75 150 225 300 450 600

Max. motor hp –310 15 30 50 75 100 150

115 V / single-phase Max. non-motor A–22.5 45 75 – – – – –

Max. motor hp –0.33 0.75 2 – – – – –

230 V / single-phase Max. non-motor A–22.5 45 75 – – – – –

Max. motor hp –0.75 2 3 – – – – –

(1) 600 A devices are derated to 540 A for resistance heating loads when aluminium wire is used.

(2) Types L and LX contactors also have a ballast lamp rating of 15 A/

347 V when connected single-pole to load and a 600 V when connected 2-pole to load on

single-phase and 3-pole to load on 3-phase.

(3) Resistance heating only (3-phase system).

(4) Select lighting contactor on basis of rated motor voltage, whether non-motor load is connected line-to-line or line-to-neutral.

(5) 30 kA also applies for Class J and Class K5, time-delay, 600 A maximum fuses. Additionally, 30 kA ratings apply to Class T, 1200 A maximum and Class L,

1600 A maximum fuses.

References:

pages 5/4 to 5/9

Dimensions:

pages 5/10 and 5/11

5/4

References

Lighting Contactors 0

Multipole lighting contactors

Types L and LX Class 8903

Multipole lighting contactors, Types L and LX (4)

Contact

Ampere

ratings

Number

poles

Enclosure type (1) Basic reference (2)

Add code

indicating control

circuit voltage (3) and

enclosure type (5)

Weight

Akg (lb)

Electrically held

30 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 L (2) 20 (3) 1.3 (2.8)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 L (2) 30 (3) 1.3 (2.8)

4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 L (2) 40 (3) 1.3 (2.8)

6 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 L (2) 60 (3) 1.5 (3.2)

8 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 L (2) 80 (3) 1.7 (3.7)

10 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 L (2) 1000 (3) 1.9 (4.1)

12 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 L (2) 1200 (3) 2 (4.4)

Mechanically held

30 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 LX (2) 20 (3) 2 (4.4)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 LX (2) 30 (3) 2.1 (4.6)

4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 LX (2) 40 (3) 2.1 (4.6)

6 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 LX (2) 60 (3) 2.3 (5)

8 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 LX (2) 80 (3) 2.4 (5.4)

10 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 LX (2) 1000 (3) 2.6 (5.8)

12 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 LX (2) 1200 (3) 2.8 (6)

(1) Open: separate enclosures are available for these devices. Delivery time might be improved

by ordering an open-type contactor and a separate Class 9991 enclosure; please consult your

regional sales office.

NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure.

NEMA 1+: flush-mounting, general-purpose enclosure with plaster adjustment.

NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure.

(2) Insert "O" for Open , "G" for NEMA 1, "F" for NEMA 1+, "A" for NEMA 12. Example: 8903 LO 20 V02.

(3) Standard control circuit voltage:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 277 440 480

50 Hz –V02––V03––V06–

60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 V04 – V06

(4) All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard.

(5) Factory conversion of N/O contacts to N/C, order following the example below.

Example: for 2 N/O + 2 N/C (NEMA 1 enclosure) the reference is 8903 LG 22.

There is a maximum of eight N/C poles for Type 8903 L contactors and a maximum of six

N/C poles for Type 8903 LX contactors (field conversion only). Versions are available with up

to 12 N/C poles (factory only).

531217

8903 LO 60

ppp

531218

8903 LO 80

ppp

531220

8903 LO 1200

ppp

531219

8903 LXO 1200

ppp

General, characteristics:

pages 5/2 and 5/3

Dimensions:

pages 5/10 and 5/11

5/5

References

Lighting Contactors 0

Multipole lighting contactors

Type S Class 8903

Multipole lighting contactors, Type S (4)

Contact

Ampere

ratings

Number

poles

Enclosure type (1) Basic reference (2)

Add code

indicating control

circuit voltage (3)

and enclosure type

Weight

Akg (lb)

Electrically held

30 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SM (2) 1 (3) 1.4 (3.1)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SM (2) 2 (3) 1.4 (3.1)

4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SM (2) 3 (3) 1.7 (3.7)

5 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SM (2) 4 (3) 1.7 (3.7)

60 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SP (2) 1 (3) 2.4 (5.3)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SP (2) 2 (3) 2.5 (5.5)

4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SP (2) 3 (3) 3.1 (6.9)

5 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SP (2) 4 (3) 3.3 (7.2)

100 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SQ (2) 1 (3) 9.9 (22)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SQ (2) 2 (3) 9.9 (22)

4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SQ (2) 3 (3) 15.5 (34)

5 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SQ (2) 4 (3) 28.4 (63)

200 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 1 (3) 14.5 (32)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 2 (3) 14.5 (32)

4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 3 (3) 29.4 (65)

5 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 4 (3) 29.4 (65)

300 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SX (2) 1 (3) 23.6 (52)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SX (2) 2 (3) 31.3 (69)

400 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SY (2) 1 (3) 43.5 (96)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SY (2) 2 (3) 45 (99)

600 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SZ (2) 1 (3) 61.2

(135)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SZ (2) 2 (3) 63 (139)

800 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SJ (2) 1 (3) 85.2

(188)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SJ (2) 2 (3) 87.9

(193)

(1) Open: separate enclosures are available for 30, 60 and 100 A devices.

NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure.

NEMA 1+: flush-mounting, general-purpose enclosure with plaster adjustment.

NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure.

(2) Insert "O" for Open , "G" for NEMA 1, "F" for NEMA 1+, "A" for NEMA 12.

Example: 8903 SMO 1 V02.

(3) Standard control circuit voltage:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 277 440 480

50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – – V06 –

60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 V04 – V06

(4) All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard, except electrically held

400, 600 and 800 A devices. Electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices are provided with

common control.

531223_1

8903 SQO

ppp

General, characteristics:

pages 5/2 and 5/3

Dimensions:

pages 5/10 and 5/11

5/6

References (continued)

Lighting Contactors 0

Multipole lighting contactors

Type S, Class 8903

Multipole lighting contactors, Type S (continued) (4)

Contact

Ampere

ratings

Number

poles

Enclosure type (1) Basic reference (2)

Add code

indicating control

circuit voltage (3)

and enclosure type

Weight

Akg (lb)

Mechanically held

30 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SM (2) 10 (3) 2.9 (6.5)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SM (2) 11 (3) 2.7 (5.9)

4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SM (2) 12 (3) 3 (6.8)

5 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SM (2) 13 (3) 3.8 (8.3)

60 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SP (2) 10 (3) 3.9 (8.6)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SP (2) 11 (3) 4 (8.8)

4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SP (2) 12 (3) 5.3

(11.7)

5 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SP (2) 13 (3) 5.3

(11.7)

100 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SQ (2) 10 (3) 8 (18)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”),

NEMA 1+ (“F”), NEMA 12 (“A”)

8903 SQ (2) 11 (3) 8.4

(18.6)

4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SQ (2) 12 (3) 9.6

(21.1)

5 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SQ (2) 13 (3) 9.6

(21.1)

200 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 10 (3) 19,9

(43,8)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 11 (3) 20.5

(45.4)

4 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SV (2) 12 (3) 28.5

(62.9)

300 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SX (2) 13 (3) 31.2

(68.9)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SX (2) 14 (3) 31.2

(68.9)

400 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SY (2) 16 (3) 38.7

(85.4)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SY (2) 17 (3) 39 (86.2)

600 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SZ (2) 18 (3) 61.2

(135)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SZ (2) 19 (3) 63 (139)

800 2 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SJ (2) 10 (3) 85

(187.6)

3 Open (“O”), NEMA 1 (“G”), NEMA 12 (“A”) 8903 SJ (2) 11 (3) 87.9

(194)

(1) Open: separate enclosures are available for 30, 60 and 100 A devices.

NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure.

NEMA 1+: flush-mounting, general-purpose enclosure with plaster adjustment.

NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure.

(2) Insert: "O" for Open , "G" for NEMA 1, "F" for NEMA 1+, "A" for NEMA 12.

Example: 8903 SMO 10 V02.

(3) Standard control circuit voltage:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 277 440 480

50 Hz – V02 – – V03 – – V06 –

60 Hz V01 – V02 V08 – V03 V04 – V06

(4) All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard, except electrically held

400, 600 and 800 A devices. Electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices are provided with

common control.

531224_1

8903 SMO 10

ppp

General, characteristics:

pages 5/2 and 5/3

Dimensions:

pages 5/10 and 5/11

5/7

References

Lighting Contactors 0

Multipole lighting contactors

Types L, LX and S Class 8903

Accessories

Kits

Type Kit description For use on Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Power-pole adder kits

(used to add 30 A

power poles to existing

contactors when

additional circuits are

required)

Single pole 8903 LO 60/80 8903 L1L –

8903 LXO 60/80 8903 L1R –

Double pole 8903 LO 80/1000 (1) 8903 L3L –

8903 LXO 80/1000 (1) 8903 L3R –

Single-pole and double-pole kits

Single-pole kits

(2)

1 N/O 8903 SMp9999 SB6 –

8903 SPp (3) 9999 SB21 –

1 N/C 8903 SMp9999 SB7 –

8903 SPp (3) 9999 SB22 –

Double-pole kits

(2)

1 N/O and 1 N/C 8903 SMp9999 SB8 –

8903 SPp (3) 9999 SB23 –

2 N/O 8903 SMp9999 SB9 –

8903 SPp (3) 9999 SB24 –

2 N/C 8903 SMp9999 SB10 –

8903 SPp (3) 9999 SB25 –

8903 L1L

531225

8903 L1R

531226

8903 L3L

531227

8903 L3R

531228

Solid neutral terminal block kits

Solid neutral terminal

block kits

30/60/100 A 8903 L/LX/SM/SP/SQ 9999 SN1 –

200/300 A 8903 SV/SX 9999 SN2 –

400/600/800 A 8903 SY/SZ/SJ 9999 SN3 –

Type Kit description For use on Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Mechanically held

Push button (On-Off) NEMA 1 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp9999 BLX + 9999 LXPB –

8903 SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9001 KA2 + 9999 SA3 (4) –

NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9001 KA2 + 9999 SA3 (4) –

Selector switch

(2-position)

NEMA 1 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp9999 BLX + 9999 LXS –

8903 SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1 –

NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1 –

Selector switch

(3-position)

NEMA 1 enclosure

(must include two-wire control relay)

8903 Lp/LXp9999 BLX + 9999 SC2 –

8903 SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9001 KN260 + 9001 KS46BH2 –

NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9001 KN260 + 9001 KS46BH2 –

Two-wire control relay

Suffix R6 (5)

– 8903 Lp/LXp9999 RLX + CA2SK11 –

8903 SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp8501 X011 –

Electrically held

Pilot lights (red) NEMA 1 and NEMA 12 enclosures 8903 Lp/LXp9999 SP28R –

8903 SMp9999 SP2R + 9999 SP28R –

8903 SPp9999 SP3R + 9999 SP28R –

8903 SQp9999 SP14R + 9999 SP28R (6) –

8903 SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9999 SP28R + 9999 SP28R (7) –

Push buttons (8) NEMA 1 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp9999 BLX + 9999 SA10 –

8903 SMp/SPp9999 SA10 –

8903 SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9999 SA3 –

NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9999 SA3 –

Selector switch

(2-position)

NEMA 1 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp9999 BLX + 9999 SC22 –

8903 SMp/SPp/SQp9999 SC22 –

8903 SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1 –

NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9001 KN244 + 9001 KS11BH1 –

Selector switch

(3-position)

NEMA 1 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp9999 BLX + 9999 SC2 –

8903 SMp/SPp/SQp9999 SC2 –

8903 SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9999 SC8 –

NEMA 12 enclosure 8903 Lp/LXp/SMp/SPp/SQp/SVp/SXp/SYp/SZp/SJp9999 SC8 –

(1) Single-pole power pole must be removed before double-pole power pole can be installed.

(2) A single-pole or double-pole kit can be added to any 2- or 3-pole, 30 or 60 A Type S lighting contactor to make a 4- or 5-pole device. Factory assembled 4- and

5-pole contactors use the basic 3-pole device with a single- or double-pole kit installed. Only one power pole can be added per contactor. Sufficient room is

provided in all enclosure styles for the addition of the power pole kit.

(3) When power pole is added to a 60 A contactor (8903 SP

), a 4-pole coil is also required. 60 A power poles are suitable for use with copper or aluminium wire.

(4) Mechanically held contactors need two distinct signals to operate. It is necessary to add a N/O contact block to the Class 9999 Type SA3 push button kit.

(5) Form R6 available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V only.

(6) Choice for 2- or 3-pole only; for 4- or 5-pole, use Class 9999 SP15R.

(7) The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one Class 9001 KP1R6 (120 V / 60 Hz) red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer

to the Class 9001 KP control section of the Digest.

(8) Requires holding circuit interlock or additional power pole on Type L devices.

General, characteristics:

pages 5/2 and 5/3

Dimensions:

pages 5/10 and 5/11

5/8

References

Lighting Contactors 0

Multipole lighting contactors

Types L, LX and S Class 8903

Variants

Type Enclosure

type

For use on Description Suffix to the lighting

contactor reference (1)

Weight

kg (lb)

"ON-OFF" push button NEMA 1, Mechanically held Pulsed contact A3 –

NEMA 12

"ON-OFF" push button Any Electrically held With holding circuit interlock A12 –

"HAND-OFF-AUTO" selector switch NEMA 1, Electrically held, (2) C–

NEMA 12 Mechanically held

"ON-OFF" selector switch NEMA 1, Electrically held, (2) C6 –

NEMA 12 Mechanically held

Control circuit fuses Any Electrically held, 1 fuse F–

Mechanically held 2 fuses F4 –

Control circuit transformers

standard capacity (50/60 Hz) (3)

NEMA 1, Electrically held, Fuses: 2 (primary), 0 (secondary) F4T –

NEMA 12 Mechanically held Fuses: 2 (primary), 1 (secondary) FF4T –

Additional capacity

(50/60 Hz) Two fuses in primary and

one fuse in secondary (3)

NEMA 1, Electrically held, 100 VA additional capacity FF4T11 –

NEMA 12 Mechanically held 200 VA additional capacity FF4T12 –

300 VA additional capacity FF4T13 –

Noise-reduced enclosure and shock-

mounted panel

Any Electrically held – G4 –

Addition of photoelectric receptacle NEMA 1, Electrically held – G10 –

NEMA 12 With photo-cell installed G101 –

Mechanically held And relay R6 (4) G10R6 –

With photo-cell installed (4) G101R6 –

Addition of terminal blocks

(other than standard) (5)

Any Electrically held, Wired G56pp –

Mechanically held Unwired G50pp –

Bracketing for internally mounted pilot

device

Any Electrically held, – G53 –

Mechanically held

Addition of time clock NEMA 1, Electrically held, 24 hour (120–127 V only) K14 –

NEMA 12 Mechanically held 24 hour w/day omission (120–127 V only) K141 –

7 day (120–127 V only) K142 –

Addition of solid neutral terminal block NEMA 1, Electrically held, – N–

NEMA 12 Mechanically held

(1) Example: 8903 LXG 20 V02 A3.

(2) To substitute a key operated selector switch, use suffix "C33" and specify positions, legend marking and key removal. This suffix must be used with another

selector switch suffix.

(3) Control circuit transformer selection table:

Primary-secondary 120-24 208-120 240-24 240-120 277-120 480-24 480-120 480-240 600-120

60 Hz V89 V84 V82 V80 V85 V83 V81 V87 V86

(4) Available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V applications only.

(5) At the end of suffix,

represents the number of terminals needed.

General, characteristics:

pages 5/2 and 5/3

Dimensions:

pages 5/10 and 5/11

5/9

References (continued)

Lighting Contactors 0

Multipole lighting contactors

Types L, LX and S Class 8903

Variants

Variants (continued)

Type Enclosure

type

For use on Description Suffix to the lighting

contactor reference (1)

Weight

kg (lb)

Red pilot light Any Electrically held, – P1 –

Mechanically held

Two or more lights (each) (2) Any Electrically held, – P–

Mechanically held

Red push-to-test pilot light Any Electrically held, – P21 –

Mechanically held

Interlock Any Electrically held, Necessary for pilot light, one needed for (3) –

Mechanically held each additional pilot light

Two-wire interfaces Any Mechanically held (4) R6 –

Addition of under- and overvoltage relay Any Electrically held, – R44 –

Mechanically held

Three-wire control for long distance

applications

Any Mechanically held (4) R62 –

Auxiliary contacts (5) Any Electrically held, 0 N/O + 1 N/C X01 –

Mechanically held 0 N/O + 2 N/C X02 –

0 N/O + 3 N/C X03 –

0 N/O + 4 N/C X04 –

1 N/O + 0 N/C X10 –

1 N/O + 1 N/C X11 –

1 N/O + 2 N/C X12 –

1 N/O + 3 N/C X13 –

2 N/O + 0 N/C X20 –

2 N/O + 1 N/C X21 –

2 N/O + 2 N/C X22 –

3 N/O + 0 N/C X30 –

3 N/O + 1 N/C X31 –

4 N/O + 0 N/C X40 –

Addition of DC coil to Type L

(7 poles maximum)

Any Electrically held – Y48 –

Coil transient suppressor

(a 120 V only)

Any Electrically held, – Y145 –

Mechanically held

Addition of lightning arrestor Any Electrically held, – Y1532 –

Mechanically held

Substitute copper only lugs for standard Any Electrically held, – Y157 –

Mechanically held

Substitute Anderson VC crimp style lugs

for standard (per lug adder), specify lug

Any Electrically held, – Y1574 –

Mechanically held

(1) Example: 8903 LXG 20 V02 P1.

(2) For electrically held enclosed devices, the first pilot light is wired in parallel with the coil. Operating interlocks are required for all additional pilot lights.

Mechanically held devices require operating interlocks for all pilot lights.

(3) Do not use suffix "X" for any interlock which is wired in series with pilot light, but do specify how pilot light and interlock are to be wired into the circuit.

(4) Available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V applications only.

(5) Electrically held (Type L) multipole contactors cannot add interlocks. Additional poles can be used for the same function, however. Mechanically held (Type LX)

contactors provide one double-throw auxiliary (or status) contact as standard.

Maximum number of external auxiliary units:

Contactor Maximum number

8903 SM/SP 4 N/O or 4 N/C

3 N/O or N/C plus 1 attached timer (on- or off-delay)

2 N/O or N/C plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C)

1 attached timer plus 1 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C) plus auxiliary contact

8903 SQ/SV/SY 4 N/O or N/C

(Size 3 and Size 4) 2 N/O or N/C plus 1 attached timer (on- or off-delay)

8903 SQ/SV/SY 3 N/O or N/C plus 1 attached timer (on- or off-delay)

(Size 5) 2 N/O or N/C plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C)

8903 SZ/SJ 4 N/O or N/C

3 N/O or N/C plus 1 attached timer (on- or off-delay)

2 N/O or N/C plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power-pole adder (single- or 2-pole, N/O or N/C)

General, characteristics:

pages 5/2 and 5/3

Dimensions:

pages 5/10 and 5/11

5/10

Dimensions

Lighting Contactors 0

Multipole lighting contactors

Types L, LX and S Class 8903

Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)

8903 LO/LXO

ABCDEF

8903 LO 20/30/40 73 127 117 – 79 –

8903 LO 60 108 127 117 – 79 –

8903 LO 80/1000/1200 143 127 117 – 79 –

8903 LXO 20/30/40 73 – – 224 83 196

8903 LXO 60 108 – – 224 83 196

8903 LXO 80/1000/1200 143 – – 224 83 196

8903 SpO

ABCDE

8903 SMO 1/2 110 82 107 – –

8903 SMO 3/4 110 108 107 – –

8903 SPO 1/2 135 110 125 – –

8903 SPO 3/4 158 143 125 – –

8903 SQO 1/2 180 139 165 – –

8903 SQO 3/4 199 248 165 – –

8903 SVO 1/2 232 152 165 – –

8903 SVO 3/4 232 248 165 – –

8903 SXO 1/2 313 220 222 – –

8903 SYO 1/2 – 313 229 – 706

8903 SZO 1/2 – 313 229 – 706

8903 SJO 1/2 – 313 303 – 1085

8903 SMO 10/11 182 96 119 – –

8903 SMO 12/13 182 116 119 – –

8903 SPO 10/11 210 117 133 – –

8903 SPO 12/13 221 150 133 – –

8903 SQO 10/11 257 151 171 – –

8903 SQO 12/13 268 248 171 – –

8903 SVO 10/11 293 152 171 – –

8903 SVO 12 293 248 171 – –

8903 SXO 13/14 313 220 267 – –

8903 SYO 16/17 – 220 267 – 533

8903 SZO 18/19 – 220 267 – 533

8903 SJO 10/11 – 220 303 – 898

8903 LF/LXF/SpF

Class/Type Variants ABCDEF G

8903 LF F/R6/Y48 386 227 194 327 138 278 130

8903 LXF F/R6/Y48 386 227 194 327 138 278 130

8903 LF A3/A12/C/C6/P 610 445 381 489 181 – –

8903 LXF A3/A12/C/C6/P 610 445 381 489 181 – –

8903 SMF A12/C/C6/P/X 341 183 149 283 121 233 114

8903 SMF 1 X 341 183 149 283 121 233 114

8903 SMF 1/2/3/4 N 610 445 381 489 146 – –

8903 SMF 1 A3/C/C6/N/P/R6 610 445 381 489 146 – –

8903 SPF 1/2/3/4 A12/C/C6/P/X 386 227 194 327 138 278 130

8903 SPF 1 X 386 227 194 327 138 278 130

8903 SPF 1/2/3/4 N 610 445 381 489 146 – –

8903 SPF 1 A3/C/C6/N/P/R6 610 445 381 489 146 – –

8903 SQF – 787 425 362 667 203 – –

2.25

Mtg

DFC

Enclosure Saddle

General, characteristics:

pages 5/2 and 5/3

References:

pages 5/4 to 5/9

5/11

Dimensions (continued)

Lighting Contactors 0

Multipole lighting contactors

Types L, LX and S Class 8903

Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)

8903 LG/LXG/SpG

Class/Type Variants Width Height Depth

8903 LG A3/A12/C/C6/F/R6/Y48 198 322 153

8903 LXG A3/A12/C/C6/F/R6/Y48 198 322 153

8903 LG P 302 302 189

8903 LXG P 302 302 189

8903 LG K14/K141/K142 406 559 181

8903 LXG K14/K141/K142 406 559 181

8903 SMG 1/2/3/4 A12/C/C6/P/X 152 254 134

8903 SMG 1 X 152 254 134

8903 SMG 1/2/3/4 N 378 359 192

8903 SMG 1 N/R6 378 359 192

8903 SMG 1 A3/C/C6/P 206 359 247

8903 SPG 1/2/3/4 A12/C/C6/P/X 198 322 153

8903 SPG N/R6 378 359 192

8903 SPG 1 A3/C/C6/P/X 206 359 247

8903 SQG 1/2 A12/C/C6/F/P/X 286 639 288

8903 SQG 10/11 F/X 286 639 288

8903 SQG 1/2 N/R6/Kppp 461 740 234

8903 SQG 10/11 A3/C/C6/N/R6/Kppp 461 740 234

8903 SQG 3/4 A12/C/C6/F/P/X 286 639 288

8903 SQG 12/13 F/X 286 639 288

8903 SQG 3/4 Kppp 461 740 234

8903 SQG 12/13 A3/C/C6 461 740 234

8903 SQG 3/4 N/R6 563 994 260

8903 SQG 12/13 N/R6 563 994 260

8903 SVG – 563 994 260

8903 SXG – 437 1123 325

8903 SYG – 513 1670 333

8903 SZG – 513 1670 333

8903 SJG – 876 2362 597

8903 LA/LXA/SpA

Class/Type Variants A B C D E F G H I J

8903 LA F/R6/Y48 206 216 400 40 127 381 8 54 375 8

8903 LXA F/R6/Y48 206 216 400 40 127 381 8 54 375 8

8903 LA A3/A12/C/C6/P 302 197 343 97 108 324 10 125 460 8

8903 LXA A3/A12/C/C6/P 302 197 343 97 108 324 10 125 460 8

8903 SMA 1/2/3/4 A12/C/C6/P/X 162 217 324 40 83 305 10 90 318 8

8903 SMA 1 F/P/X 162 217 324 40 83 305 10 90 318 8

8903 SMA 1/2/3/4 N/R6 378 200 406 65 248 381 13 93 540 8

8903 SMA 1 A3/C/C6/N/P/R6 378 200 406 65 248 381 13 93 540 8

8903 SPA 1/2/3/4 A12/C/C6/P/X 206 236 406 40 127 381 13 93 391 8

8903 SPA 1 A3/C/C6/P/X 206 236 406 40 127 381 13 93 391 8

8903 SPA 1/2/3/4 N/R6 378 200 400 65 248 381 10 93 540 8

8903 SPA 1 A3/C/C6/N/P/R6 378 200 400 65 248 381 10 93 540 8

8903 SQA 1/2 A12/C/C6/F/N/R6/P/X 461 234 800 78 305 775 13 93 678 11

8903 SQA 10/11 A3/C/C6/F/N/P/R6/X 461 234 800 78 305 775 13 93 678 11

8903 SQA 3/4 A12/C/C6/F/N/P/Kppp 461 234 800 78 305 775 13 93 678 11

8903 SQA 12/13 A3/C/C6/P/Kppp 461 234 800 78 305 775 13 93 678 11

8903 SQA 3/4 N/R6/Kppp 563 260 1054 78 406 1029 13 93 805 11

8903 SQA 12/13 N/R6/Kppp 563 260 1054 78 406 1029 13 93 805 11

8903 SVA – 563 260 1054 78 406 1029 15 93 805 11

8903 SXA – 437 339 1193 104 229 1168 13 117 719 14

8903 SYA – 513 330 1651 104 305 1625 13 135 784 18

8903 SZA – 513 330 1651 104 305 1625 13 135 784 18

8903 SJA

A B C

8903 SJA 2362 876 597

DE D G

(1)

(

1) 4 diameter mounting holes

General, characteristics:

pages 5/2 and 5/3

References:

pages 5/4 to 5/9

6/0

6/1

Contents

6 - Manual Starters and Switches

bManual starters and switches

vGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/2

vCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/3

bSingle units Type F

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/4

bDuplex units Type F

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/5

bNon-reversing Type K

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/6

bIntegral motor power non-reversing Types T and M

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/8

bReversing drum switches

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/9

bManual starters and switches

vAccessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/9

vDimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/10

6/2

General

Manual Starters and Switches 0

Manual starters Class 2510

Manual switches Class 2510

Reversing drum switches Class 2601

Type F fractional motor power starters provide overload protection as well as manual

"On-Off" control for small motors in a variety of industrial and commercial installations.

Typical applications include fans, conveyors, pumps and small machine tools.

They are available in single- or 2-pole versions. Both single- and 2-pole versions are

suitable for use with single-phase a motors rated up to 1 hp. 2-pole starters may

also be used with c motors rated up to 0.75 hp.

Note: Manual starters include motor overload protection. After tripping, the overload

relay must be reset before the motor can restart.

bBasic starters.

bStarters with handle guard/lock-off.

bOne starter in duplex enclosure.

bTwo starters in one enclosure.

bStarters and "AUTO-OFF-HAND" selector switch.

Type K motor-starting switches provide manual "On-Off" control of single- or 3-phase

a motors, where overload protection is not required or is provided separately. These

devices are suitable for use with 3-phase a motors rated up to 20 hp. Compact

construction and a 600 V rating make these switches suitable for a wide range of

industrial and commercial uses. Typical applications include small machine tools,

pumps, fans, conveyors and many other types of electrical machinery. They may

also be used on non-motor loads such as resistance heaters.

Note: Manual switches do not include motor overload or low-voltage protection.

Should the power fail, the contacts will remain closed, and upon re-energization, the

motor will restart immediately.

bWith toggle operator.

bWith removable key.

Types T and M integral motor power manual starters provide convenient "On-Off"

operation of small single-phase, 3-phase or c motors. Typical applications include

small machine tools, pumps, fans and conveyors. They feature toggle or push button

operators and reliable overload protection. Pilot lights and auxiliary contacts are

available.

bToggle (T) or push button (M) operators.

bReliable overload protection.

bPilot light and auxiliary contact available.

Reversing drum switches are designed to start and reverse motors by connecting

them directly across-the-line. The devices may be used with squirrel-cage motors;

single-phase a motors designed for reversing service; and series, shunt and

compound c motors. The applications should be such that across-the-line starting

of the motors is not objectionable, unless other means is provided for limiting starting

current and torque. Class 2601 drum switches are field convertible from maintained

to pulsed operation.

The reversing drum switches are suited to manual reversing control applications,

such as machine tools, woodworking machines and similar types of equipment.

Examples include lathes, milling machines, planers, grinders, shapers and boring mills.

Other possible applications include door operators, small hoists and conveyor belts.

Note: Reversing drum switches do not include motor overload or low-voltage

protection. Should the power fail, the contacts will remain closed, and upon re-

energization, the motor will restart immediately; however, if the drum switch is

assembled for pulsed operation, the handle will stay in the selected position, and the

handle position will determine the motor state.

Manual starters Class 2510

Single units Type F

Duplex units Type F

Manual switches Class 2510

Non-reversing Type K

Integral Horsepower non-reversing Types T and M

Reversing drum switches Class 2601

531176

2510 FG 2P

531177

2510 KG 1A

531178

2510 KO 2

531179

2510 TBG 1

531180

2510 MBA 1

531181

2601 AG2

References:

pages 6/4 to 6/9

Dimensions:

pages 6/10 and 6/11

6/3

Characteristics

Manual Starters and Switches 0

Manual starters Class 2510

Manual switches Class 2510

Reversing drum switches Class 2601

Environment

Class 2510/2601

Type F/K/T/M

Conforming to standards Enclosed unit UL

Open unit UL

Product certifications CSA

Ambient air temperature around the

device

Storage °C 0…+ 40

Operation °C 0…+ 40

Electrical characteristics

Class 2510

Type F

Voltage rating Va 277 maximum (single- or 2-pole); c 230 maximum (2-pole only)

Continuous current rating A16

Maximum Horsepower

115–230 V a Single-phase Single-pole hp/kW 1/0.75

2-pole hp/kW 1/0.75

c2-pole only hp/kW 0.75/0.55

277 V a Single-phase Single-pole hp/kW 1/0.75

2-pole hp/kW 1/0.75

c2-pole only hp/kW –

Class 2510

Type Kpp1/Kpp3 Kpp2/Kpp4 Kpp5 Kpp6

Number of poles 2 3 2 3

Number of phases Single phase Three phase Single phase Three phase

Voltage rating Va 600 maximum; c 230 maximum

Continuous current rating A30 at 600 V maximum

Maximum motor power

a rating 115 V hp/kW 2/1.5 2/1.5 2/1.5 2/1.5

230 V hp/kW 2/1.5 7.5/5.6 3/2.2 7.5/5.6

460 V hp/kW 3/2.2 10/7.5 7.5/5.6 15/11.2

575 V hp/kW 3/2.2 10/7.5 10/7.5 20/14.9

c rating 90 V hp/kW 1/0.75 1/0.75 1/0.75 1/0.75

115 V hp/kW 2/1.5 2/1.5 2/1.5 2/1.5

230 V hp/kW 1.5/1.1 1.5/1.1 1.5/1.1 1.5/1.1

Class 2510

Type TBp p/MBp pTCp p/MCp pMCp 2

Size Available in NEMA Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P

Number of poles a : 2-pole single-phase; 3-pole 3-phase

c : 2-pole (without low voltage protection only)

Voltage rating Va 600 maximum; c 250 maximum

Terminals

Power terminals Type of lug Screw clamp

terminal

Screw clamp

terminal

Box lug

Wire Size (min.-max.) #14–#8 #14–#8 #14–#6

Auxiliary interlock terminals Type of lug Screw clamp

terminal

Screw clamp

terminal

Screw clamp terminal

Wire Size (min.-max.) #16–#12 #16–#12 #16–#12

Class 2601

Type AG2/AG2 S2/BG1/BG1 S4

Voltage rating Va 600 maximum; c 250 maximum

References:

pages 6/4 to 6/9

Dimensions:

pages 6/10 and 6/11

6/4

References

Manual Starters and Switches 0

Manual starters Class 2510

Single units Type F

Type

of operator

Number

of poles

Features Enclosure type

(2)

Specification Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Basic starters

Toggle operator

(1)

1 Standard Open – 2510 FO 1 0.14 (0.32)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 1 0.35 (0.72)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 1 0.49 (1.08)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 1 0.19 (0.42)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 1 0.20 (0.44)

With red pilot light Open – 2510 FO 1P 0.15 (0.33)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 1P 0.36 (0.80)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 1P 0.50 (1.12)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 1P 0.20 (0.46)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 1P 0.20 (0.46)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FSJ 1P 0.36 (0.80)

2 Standard Open – 2510 FO 2 0.15 (0.33)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 2 0.36 (0.80)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 2 0.50 (1.11)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 2 0.20 (0.46)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 2 0.20 (0.46)

With red pilot light Open Type – 2510 FO 2P 0.16 (0.35)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 2P 0.35 (0.78)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 2P 0.52 (1.15)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 2P 0.22 (0.50)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 2P 0.20 (0.45)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FSJ 2P 0.20 (0.45)

Removable key

(1)

1 Standard Open – 2510 FO 3 0.15 (0.33)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 3 0.35 (0.79)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 3 0.36 (0.80)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 3 0.22 (0.50)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 3 0.20 (0.45)

With red pilot light Open – 2510 FO 3P 0.18 (0.40)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 3P 0.38 (0.84)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 3P 0.36 (0.80)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 3P 0.20 (0.46)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 3P 0.21 (0.48)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FSJ 3P 0.20 (0.45)

2 Standard Open – 2510 FO 4 0.18 (0.40)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 4 0.36 (0.80)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 4 0.36 (0.80)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 4 0.22 (0.50)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 4 0.20 (0.45)

With red pilot light Open – 2510 FO 4P 0.36 (0.80)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 4P 0.36 (0.80)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 4P 0.36 (0.80)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 4P 0.22 (0.50)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 4P 0.20 (0.45)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FSJ 4P 0.20 (0.45)

(1) One thermal unit required.

(2) Open: no enclosure,

NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting.

2510 FG 2P

531176

General, characteristics:

pages 6/2 and 6/3

Dimensions:

pages 6/10 and 6/11

6/5

References (continued)

Manual Starters and Switches 0

Manual starters Class 2510

Single units Type F (continued)

Type

of operator

Number

of poles

Features Enclosure type

(2)

Specification Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Starters with handle guard/lock-off

Toggle operator

(1)

1 Standard NEMA 1 (3) Standard 2510 FG 5 0.36 (0.80)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 5 0.50 (1.11)

With red pilot light NEMA 1 (3) Standard 2510 FG 5P 0.37 (0.82)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 5P 0.52 (1.15)

2 Standard NEMA 1 (3) Standard 2510 FG 6 0.37 (0.82)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 6 0.51 (1.13)

With red pilot light NEMA 1 (3) Standard 2510 FG 6P 0.38 (0.84)

Oversized 2510 FGJ 6P 0.53 (1.17)

Duplex units Type F

One starter in duplex enclosure

Toggle operator

(1)

2 Standard NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 02 0.50 (1.10)

With red pilot light NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 02P 0.51 (1.12)

Removable key

(1)

2 With red pilot light NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 04P 0.51 (1.12)

Two starters in one enclosure

Toggle operator

(1)

2 for each

starter

Standard NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 22 0.70 (1.54)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 22 0.70 (1.54)

With red pilot light on

each starter

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 22P 0.70 (1.54)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 22P 0.70 (1.54)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 22P 0.70 (1.54)

Removable key

(4)

2 for each

starter

With red pilot light on

each starter

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 44P 0.70 (1.54)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 44P 0.70 (1.54)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 44P 0.70 (1.54)

Starters and "AUTO-OFF-HAND" selector switch (a only)

Toggle operator

(1)

1 Standard NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 71 0.81 (1.79)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 71 0.73 (1.61)

With red pilot light NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 71P 0.72 (1.59)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 71P 0.80 (1.76)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 71P 0.80 (1.76)

2 Standard NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 72 0.80 (1.76)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 72 0.80 (1.76)

With red pilot light NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 72P 0.80 (1.76)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 72P 0.80 (1.76)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 72P 0.80 (1.76)

Removable key

(1)

2 With red pilot light NEMA 1 Standard 2510 FG 74P 0.80 (1.76)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 FF 74P 0.80 (1.76)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 FS 74P 0.80 (1.76)

(1) One thermal unit required.

(2) NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting.

(3) For general purpose flush mounting enclosure (without pull box), order basic starter plus separate handle guard kit, reference

is 2510 FL1.

(4) Two thermal units required.

General, characteristics:

pages 6/2 and 6/3

Dimensions:

pages 6/10 and 6/11

6/6

References

Manual Starters and Switches 0

Manual starters Class 2510

Non-reversing Type K (1)

Type

of operator

Number

of poles

Features Enclosure type

(2)

Specification Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Toggle operator 2 Standard Open – 2510 KO 1 0.15 (0.35)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 1 0.38 (0.85)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 1 0.22 (0.50)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 1 0.20 (0.46)

With red pilot light

a115 V

Open – 2510 KO 1A (3) 0.16 (0.37)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 1A 0.38 (0.84)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 1A 0.30 (0.66)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 1A 0.23 (0.52)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KSJ 1A 0.30 (0.66)

With red pilot light

a230 V

Open – 2510 KO 1B (3) 0.18 (0.39)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 1B 0.38 (0.84)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 1B 0.30 (0.66)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 1B 0.30 (0.66)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KSJ 1B 0.30 (0.66)

3 Standard Open – 2510 KO 2 0.18 (0.39)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 2 0.30 (0.66)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 2 0.30 (0.66)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 2 0.30 (0.66)

With red pilot light

a208…277 V

Open – 2510 KO 2B (3) 0.20 (0.44)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 2B 0.39 (0.86)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 2B 0.30 (0.66)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 2B 0.30 (0.66)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KSJ 2B 0.30 (0.66)

With red pilot light

a440…600 V

Open – 2510 KO 2C (3) 0.18 (0.40)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 2C 0.40 (0.88)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 2C 0.30 (0.66)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 2C 0.30 (0.66)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KSJ 2C 0.30 (0.66)

2 Standard Open – 2510 KO 5 0.17 (0.38)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 5 0.34 (0.75)

With red pilot light

a115 V

Open – 2510 KO 5A 0.30 (0.66)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 5A 0.30 (0.66)

With red pilot light

a230 V

Open – 2510 KO 5B 0.30 (0.66)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 5B 0.30 (0.66)

3 Standard Open – 2510 KO 6 0.17 (0.39)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 6 0.39 (0.87)

With red pilot light

a115 V

Open – 2510 KO 6B 0.20 (0.44)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 6B 0.30 (0.66)

With red pilot light

a230 V

Open – 2510 KO 6C 0.30 (0.66)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 6C 0.40 (0.88)

(1) See motor power ratings table page 6/3.

(2) Open: no enclosure,

NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting.

(3) Do not use as replacement parts for devices. For replacement unit, order Type 2510 KO 1 or 2510 KO 2 and separate pilot light

kit, see page 6/9.

2510 KG 1A

531177

2510 KO 2

531178

General, characteristics:

pages 6/2 and 6/3

Dimensions:

pages 6/10 and 6/11

6/7

References (continued)

Manual Starters and Switches 0

Manual starters Class 2510

Non-reversing Type K (continued) (1)

Type

of operator

Number

of poles

Features Enclosure type

(2)

Specification Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Removable key 2 Standard Open – 2510 KO 3 0.16 (0.35)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 3 0.40 (0.88)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 3 0.30 (0.66)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 3 0.30 (0.66)

With red pilot light

a115 V

Open – 2510 KO 3A 0.17 (0.37)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 3A 0.40 (0.88)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 3A 0.30 (0.66)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 3A 0.30 (0.66)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KSJ 3A 0.30 (0.66)

With red pilot light

a230 V

Open – 2510 KO 3B 0.16 (0.35)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 3B 0.40 (0.88)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 3B 0.30 (0.66)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 3B 0.30 (0.66)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KSJ 3B 0.30 (0.66)

3 Standard Open – 2510 KO 4 0.18 (0.39)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 4 0.39 (0.87)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 4 0.22 (0.50)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 4 0.25 (0.55)

With red pilot light

a208…277 V

Open – 2510 KO 4B 0.18 (0.39)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 4B 0.40 (0.88)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 4B 0.30 (0.66)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 4B 0.30 (0.66)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KSJ 4B 0.30 (0.66)

With red pilot light

a440…600 V

Open – 2510 KO 4C 0.20 (0.44)

NEMA 1 Standard 2510 KG 4C 0.40 (0.88)

General purpose

flush mounting

(without pull box)

Grey flush plate 2510 KF 4C 0.30 (0.66)

Standard stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KS 4C 0.30 (0.66)

Jumbo stainless

steel flush plate

2510 KSJ 4C 0.30 (0.66)

(1) See motor power ratings table page 6/3.

(2) Open: no enclosure,

NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting.

General, characteristics:

pages 6/2 and 6/3

Dimensions:

pages 6/10 and 6/11

6/8

References

Manual Starters and Switches 0

Manual starters Class 2510

Integral Horsepower non-reversing Types T and M

Type

operator

Number

poles

NEMA

Size

Ratings Enclosure

type (1)

Reference Weight

Motor

voltage

Max. power

3-phase Single-phase

Vhp/kW hp/kW kg (lb)

Toggle

operator

a 2 M-0 115

230

–1/0.75

2/1.5

Open 2510 TBO 1 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 TBG 1 (2) 2 (5)

M-1 115

230

–2/1.5

3/2.2

Open 2510 TCO 1 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 TCG 1 2 (5)

M-1P 115

230

–3/2.2

5/3.7

Open 2510 TCO 2 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 TCG 2 2 (5)

a 3 M-0 200…230,

380…575

3/2.2 (230 V),

5/3.7 (575 V)

– Open 2510 TBO 2 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 TBG 2 (2) 2 (5)

M-1 200…230,

380…575

7.5/5.5 (230 V),

10/7.5 (575 V)

– Open 2510 TCO 3 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 TCG 3 2 (5)

c 2 M-0 115

230

1/0.75

1.5/1.1

1/0.75

1.5/1.1

Open 2510 TBO 4 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 TBG 4 2 (5)

M-1 115

230

1.5/1.1

2/1.5

1.5/1.1

2/1.5

Open 2510 TCO 5 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 TCG 5 2 (5)

Push-

button

a 2 M-0 115

230

–1/0.75

2/1.5

Open 2510 MBO 1 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 MBG 1 (2) 2 (5)

NEMA 12 2510 MBA 1 (3) 4 (9)

M-1 115

230

–2/1.5

3/2.2

Open 2510 MCO 1 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 MCG 1 2 (5)

NEMA 12 2510 MCA 1 4 (9)

M-1P 115

230

–3/2.2

5/3.7

Open 2510 MCO 2 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 MCG 2 2 (5)

NEMA 12 2510 MCA 2 4 (9)

a 3 M-0 200…230,

380…575

3/2.2 (230 V),

5/3.7 (575 V)

– Open 2510 MBO 2 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 MBG 2 (2) 2 (5)

NEMA 12 2510 MBA 2 (3) 4 (9)

M-1 200…230,

380…575

7.5/5.5 (230 V),

10/7.5 (575 V)

– Open 2510 MCO 3 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 MCG 3 2 (5)

NEMA 12 2510 MCA 3 4 (9)

c 2 M-0 115

230

1/0.75

1.5/1.1

1/0.75

1.5/1.1

Open 2510 MBO 4 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 MBG 4 2 (5)

NEMA 12 2510 MBA 4 4 (9)

M-1 115

230

1.5/1.1

2/1.5

1.5/1.1

2/1.5

Open 2510 MCO 5 1 (3)

NEMA 1 2510 MCG 5 2 (5)

NEMA 12 2510 MCA 5 4 (9)

(1) Open: no enclosure.

NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure surface mounting.

NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure.

(2) For a NEMA 1 enclosed starter approved for group motor installations, order a loom switch: 2-pole 2510 TBL 1, 3-pole 2510 TBL 2.

Loom switch w/LVP: 2-pole 2510 TBL 21, 3-pole 2510 TBL 22.

(3) Approved for group motor installations per NEC 430-53(c).

2510 TBG 1

531179

2510 MBA 1

531180

General, characteristics:

pages 6/2 and 6/3

Dimensions:

pages 6/10 and 6/11

6/9

References

Manual Starters and Switches 0

Reversing drum switches Class 2601

Accessories for manual starters Class 2510

Reversing drum switches

Voltage Standard power ratings Reference Weight

a single-phase a 3-phase c

Vhp kW hp kW hp kW kg (lb)

NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure

115 1.5 1.1 ––0.25 0.185 2601 AG2 0.6 (1.32)

200/230 ––21.5 ––

230 21.5 ––0.25 0.185

460/575 ––21.5 ––

115 1.5 1.1 ––21.5 2601 BG1 1.1 (2.38)

200/230 ––53.7 ––

230 32.2 ––21.5

460/575 53.7 7.5 5.5 ––

NEMA 1 maintained and pulsed (1)

115 1.5 1.1 ––0.25 0.185 2601 AG2 S2 0.6 (1.32)

200/230 ––21.5 ––

230 21.5 ––0.25 0.185

460/575 ––21.5 ––

115 1.5 1.1 ––21.5 2601 BG1 S4 1.1 (2.38)

200/230 ––53.7 ––

230 32.2 ––21.5

460/575 53.7 7.5 5.5 ––

Kits

Replacement contact kits (for manual starters, Types T and M Class 2510)

Type NEMA

Size

Series Number of poles Service bulletin Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Replacement

contact kits

M-0 A or B 2 or 3 312AS 9998 ML1 –

M-1 A or B 2 or 3 312AS 9998 ML2 –

M-1P A or B 2 312AS 9998 ML2 –

Pilot light kits (for manual starters, Types F and K Class 2510)

Type For use on Voltage Pilot light Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Pilot light kits 2510 FF/FG a/c 115–240 V Red 9998 PL10 –

Green 9998 PL10G –

2510 KF/KG

(2)

a 110–120 V Red 9998 PL11 –

Green 9998 PL11G –

a 208–227 V Red 9998 PL12 –

Green 9998 PL12G –

a 440–600 V Red 9998 PL13 –

Green 9998 PL13G –

(1) Maintained-"Forward". Pulsed-"Reverse". Not field convertible.

(2) Lens cannot be replaced.

2601 AG2

531181

General, characteristics:

pages 6/2 and 6/3

Dimensions:

pages 6/10 and 6/11

6/10

Dimensions

Manual Starters and Switches 0

Manual starters Class 2510

Manual switches Class 2510

Dimensions are inch

------------

2510 FO 1/1P/2 (Open) 2510 KO 1/1A/2/2B/2C, 2510 KO 5/5A/5B/6/6B/6C (Open)

(1) 2 mounting holes for #6-32 screws.

(2) Pilot light.

(1) 2 mounting holes for #6-32 screws.

(2) Pilot light.

2510 FG/KG (NEMA 1 Surface mounting) 2510 FG 0pp/2pp/44P/7pp (NEMA 1)

(1) 2 x 0.25" diameter mounting holes 25/6.

(2) Pilot light.

(3) 1/2 -3/4" conduit knockout, both ends.

(1) 4 x 0.25" diameter mounting holes.

(2) Pilot light.

(3) 1/2 -3/4" conduit knockout, both ends.

2510 FF/FS/FSJ/KF/KS/KSJ (NEMA 1 Flush mounting)

(1) Pilot light.

(2) ABC

2510 FF 1/1P/2/2P 36.5 69.9 114.3

2510 FS 1/1P/2/2P 36.5 69.9 114.3

2510 FSJ 1P/2P 36.5 88.9 133.4

2510 FF 3/4/4P 36.5 69.9 114.3

2510 FS 3/3P/4/4P 36.5 69.9 114.3

2510 FSJ 3P/4P 36.5 88.9 133.4

2510 KF 1/1A/1B/2/2B/2C 44.5 69.9 114.3

2510 KS 1/1A/1B/2/2B/2C 44.5 69.9 114.3

2510 KSJ 1A/1B/2B/2C 44.5 88.9 133.4

2510 KF 3/3A/3B/4/4B/4C 44.5 69.9 114.3

2510 KS 3/3A/3B/4/4B/4C 44.5 69.9 114.3

2510 KSJ 3A/4B/4C 44.5 88.9 133.4

(2) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch).

(1) (2)

1.69

.84

2.22

1.59

2.38

3.28

83 4.13

105

(1) (2)

1.69

.84

2.34

1.70

2.38

3.28

83 4.13

105

1.06

4.25

108

3.00

2.75

2.88

73 0.56

0.41

1.63

2.44

OFF

(1)

(2)

(3)

1.06

4.25

108

3.00

2.75

2.88

1.88

48 4.50

114

OFF

(1)

OFF

1.88

10 56

14 2.56

65 2.63

3.81

(2)

(3)

.50

2.56

.66

1.78

1.69

(1)

OFF

0.91

0.75

General, characteristics:

pages 6/2 and 6/3

References:

pages 6/4 to 6/9

6/11

Dimensions (continued)

Manual Starters and Switches 0

Manual starters Class 2510

Manual switches Class 2510

Reversing drum switches Class 2601

Dimensions are inch

------------

2510 FF 22/44/7p, 2510 FS 22/44/7p (General purpose flush mounting plate)

(1) Pilot light.

(2) A B C D

2510 FF 22/22P 133.4 95.3 133.4 36.5

2510 FS 22P 4.6 88.9 114.3 36.5

2510 FF 44P 133.4 95.3 133.4 36.5

2510 FS 44P 4.6 88.9 114.3 36.5

2510 FF 71/71P/72/72P 133.4 19.1 133.4 50.8

2510 FS 71P/72P 4.6 88.9 114.3 50.8

2510 FF 74P 133.4 95.3 133.4 50.8

2510 FS 74P 4.6 88.9 114.3 50.8

(2) Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch).

2510 TpO p/MpO p (Open) 2510 TCG 2/MCG 2 (NEMA 1)

Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P

(1) 3 prov. for #10 mounting screws.

(2) Travel to reset.

Size M-1P

(1) 3 x 0.22 diameter mounting holes.

(2) 6 x 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts

(3) 1 x 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts

(4) 2 x 0.75 - 1.00 knockouts Top and bottom.

2510 TBG p/TCG p/MBG p/MCG p (NEMA 1) 2510 MpA p (NEMA 12)

Sizes M-0 and M-1

(1) 4 x 0.22 diameter mounting holes.

(2) 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts Each side.

(3) 1 x 0.50 - 0.75 knockouts and 2 x 0.75 - 1.00 knockouts

Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P

(1) 2 x 0.31 diameter mounting holes.

(2) 0.75 conduit hub top and bottom.

(3) 2 x 0.31 wide slots.

(4) NEMA 4 only.

2601 AG2/AG2 S2/BG1/BG1 S4 (NEMA 1)

(1) 2 x 0.50" knockouts

0.91

0.75

2.56

)

OFF OFF

4.03

102

3.50

1.75

.69

18 1.13

.44

3.97

101

5.72

145

5.13

130

1.25

1.13

.28

(2)

(1)

3.38

5.00

127

1.08

1.00

1.08

10.00

264

8.13

207

1.00

.94

.88

.94

4.13

105

6.00

152

1.69

.22

(1) (1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

2.13

3.91

1.02

1.14

1.02

8.63

219

5.75

148

1.44

1.00

3.00

5.00

127

.22

(1)

)

1.06

(3)

1.27

.47

1.31

.38

10.92

277

10.75

273

10.00

254

5.76

148

2.89

5.78

147

3.25

(1)

(2)

(3)(4)

(4)

2.68

4.00

102

5.38

137

2.91

4.61

117

(1)

General, characteristics:

pages 6/2 and 6/3

References:

pages 6/4 to 6/9

7/0

7/1

Contents

7 - Accessories

bSeparate enclosures

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/2

bMagnetic coils

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/8

bReplacement parts kits

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/12

bCover-mounted control units

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/14

bAuxiliary contacts

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/18

bPower-pole adder kits, Timer attachments, Control circuit fuse holders, Transient

suppression modules

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/20

bCompression lugs, Terminal blocks

vReferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7/21

7/2

References Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Separate enclosures

NEMA 1 rated (general purpose) separate enclosures

The NEMA 1 rated general purpose separate enclosures listed below, when used with open style components, are equivalent to

a standard factory-assembled control device.

For use with Type Number of poles Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Manual starters 2510 F, 2510 K All 9991 EN 1 0.2 (0.5)

2510 M (Sizes M-0 and M-1) All 9991 MG 1 1.1 (2.4)

2510 M (Size M-1P) All 9991 MG 2 0.5 (1)

Contactors 8502 SAO/SBO/SCO 2…4 9991 SCG 7 1.8 (4)

8502 SDO 2…4 9991 SDG 7 3.6 (8)

8502 SEO 2…4 9991 SEG 7 10.4 (23)

8502 SFO 2…4 9991 SFG 8 15.4 (34)

Starters 8536 SAO/SBO/SCO 2…4 9991 SCG 8 1.8 (4)

8536 SDO 2…4 9991 SDG 8 3.6 (8)

8536 SEO 2…4 9991 SEG 8 (1) 10.4 (23)

8536 SFO 2…4 9991 SFG 8 (1) 15.4 (34)

8536 SGO 3 9991 SGG 8 (1) (5) 51 (112)

Lighting contactors 8903 LO, 8903 LXO All 9991 LXG 1 (6) 3.6 (8)

8903 SMO All 9991 SCG 7 (2) 1.8 (4)

8903 SPO All 9991 SDG 7 (2) 3.6 (8)

8903 SQO All 9991 SFG 8 (2) 15.4 (34)

8903 SVO All 9991 SFG 4 16.3 (36)

Definite purpose

contactors

8910 DP 1…2 9991 DPG 1 1.1 (2.5)

8910 DPA 12/13/22/23, 2…3 9991 DPG 1 1.1 (2.5)

8910 DPA 32/33/42/43

8910 DPA 14/24/34/44, 2…4 9991 DPG 2 1.8 (4)

8910 DPA 52/53

8910 DPA 62/63 2…3 9991 DPG 3 3.6 (8)

8910 DPA 72/73/92/93, 2…3 9991 DPG 4 10.4 (23)

8910 DPA 122/123

Reversing contactors 8702 SAO/SBO/SCO All 9991 SCG 9 (3) 7.3 (16)

8702 SDO All 9991 SDG 9 (3) 10.9 (24)

Reversing starters 8736 SAO/SBO/SCO All 9991 SCG 9 7.3 (16)

8736 SDO All 9991 SDG 9 10.9 (24)

NEMA 12 rated (dust-tight and drip-tight) separate enclosures

Separate enclosures can be used with open-style devices for field assembly of enclosed controls. These enclosures, plus the open

style components, are equivalent to a factory-assembled device.

For use with Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Number of

closing plates

Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Manual starters 2510 MBO, 2510 MCO M-0, M-1, M-1P – 9991 MA 1 2.3 (5)

Contactors (4) 8502 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 2 9991 SCA 11 4.5 (10)

8502 SDO 2 2 9991 SDA 11 6.8 (15)

8502 SEO 3 3 9991 SEA 11 23.1 (51)

8502 SFO 4 3 9991 SFA 11 23.1 (51)

Starters 8536 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 2 9991 SCA 11 4.5 (10)

8536 SDO 2 2 9991 SDA 11 6.8 (15)

8536 SEO 3 3 9991 SEA 11 (1) 23.1 (51)

8536 SFO 4 3 9991 SFA 11 (1) 23.1 (51)

Lighting contactors (4) 8903 LO, 8903 LXO 30 A 2 9991 SDA 11 6.8 (15)

8903 SMO 30 A 2 9991 SCA 11 4.5 (10)

8903 SPO 60 A 2 9991 SDA 11 6.8 (15)

8903 SQO 100 A 3 9991 SEA 11 (1) 23.1 (51)

Reversing contactors (4) 8702 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 3 9991 SCA 12 9.1 (20)

8702 SDO 2 3 9991 SDA 12 11.3 (25)

Reversing starters 8736 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 3 9991 SCA 12 9.1 (20)

8736 SDO 2 3 9991 SDA 12 11.3 (25)

(1) Enclosure suitable for starter with solid-state overload relays only.

(2) For electrically held contactors only.

(3) For horizontally arranged Class 8702 contactors and Class 8922 breakers, replace the reset assembly with a Class 9001

Type K51 closing plate.

(4) For contactors, replace reset assembly with an appropriate closing plate; for NEMA 12 use Class 9001 Type K51 closing plate.

(5) Series B starter enclosure.

(6) If cover-mounted control units are required, select an oversized enclosure listed on page 7/4.

9991 SCG 8

DF 531381

9991 SCA 11

DF 531382

Dimensions:

pages 7/6 and 7/7

7/3

References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Separate enclosures

Flush-mounting separate enclosures

Flush-mounting, general-purpose separate enclosures for Type S Sizes 0–2 (30–60 A) are provided with knock-outs in the cover

for field assembly of one Class 9999 push button or selector switch kit and one Class 9999 pilot light kit. For Type S Size 3 (100 A),

three closing plates are provided for installation of Class 9001 Type K oil-tight control units.

For use with Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Type Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Manual starters 2510 MBO, 2510 MCO M-0, M-1, M-1P Flush plates standard 9991 MF 1 (1) 3.2 (7)

9991 MF 2 (2) 0.9 (2)

Contactors

(3)

8502 SBO, 8502 SCO 0, 1 Standard 9991 SCF 11 4.5 (10)

Stainless steel (4) 9991 SCF 12 4.5 (10)

Mounting strap 9991 SCF 2 3.6 (8)

Pull box 9991 SCF 1 3.6 (8)

8502 SDO 2 Standard 9991 SDF 11 7.7 (17)

Stainless steel (4) 9991 SDF 12 1.4 (3.1)

Mounting strap 9991 SDF 2 4.5 (10)

Pull box 9991 SDF 1 4.5 (10)

8502 SEO 3 Standard 9991 SEF 11 (5) 21.8 (48)

Starters 8536 SBO, 8536 SCO 0, 1 Standard 9991 SCF 11 4.5 (10)

Stainless steel (4) 9991 SCF 12 4.5 (10)

Mounting strap 9991 SCF 2 3.6 (8)

Pull box 9991 SCF 1 3.6 (8)

8536 SDO 2 Standard 9991 SDF 11 7.7 (17)

Stainless steel (4) 9991 SDF 12 1.4 (3.1)

Mounting strap 9991 SDF 2 4.5 (10)

Pull box 9991 SDF 1 4.5 (10)

Lighting contactors

(3)

8903 LO, 8903 LXO 30 A Standard 9991 SDF 13 7.7 (17)

Mounting strap 9991 SDF 2 4.5 (10)

Pull box 9991 SDF 1 4.5 (10)

8903 SMO 1/2/3/4 30 A Standard 9991 SCF 11 4.5 (10)

Mounting strap 9991 SCF 2 3.6 (8)

Pull box 9991 SCF 1 3.6 (8)

8903 SMO 10/11/12/13 30 A Standard 9991 SCF 13 3.6 (8)

Mounting strap 9991 SCF 2 3.6 (8)

Pull box 9991 SCF 1 3.6 (8)

8903 SPO 1/2/3/4 60 A Standard 9991 SDF 11 7.7 (17)

Mounting strap 9991 SDF 2 4.5 (10)

Pull box 9991 SDF 1 4.5 (10)

8903 SPO 10/11/12/13 60 A Standard 9991 SDF 13 7.7 (17)

Mounting strap 9991 SDF 2 4.5 (10)

Pull box 9991 SDF 1 4.5 (10)

8903 SQO 100 A Standard 9991 SEF 11 (5) 21.8 (48)

(1) With pull box and plaster adjustment.

(2) Without pull box but with mounting strap.

(3) For contactors, replace the reset assembly with an appropriate closing plate. For flush mounting, use Class 9999 Type SG2,

except for Class 9991 Type SDF 11, which requires a Class 9001 Type K51 or K11 closing plate. Class 9991 Type SEF 11 is

designed for contactors only; reset closing plates are not required.

(4) The standard cabinet has a brushed finish. For electropolished finish, specify Form G16. Example: 9991 SCF 12 G16.

(5) Enclosure complete.

9991 SCF 2

DF 531383

Dimensions:

pages 7/6 and 7/7

7/4

References Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Separate enclosures for addition of control

circuit transformer, Control circuit transformers

Separate enclosures for addition of control circuit transformer

The Class 9991 enclosures listed below accept an open-type, Class 8502 or 8536 Type S, NEMA Size 0, 1, 1P or 2 contactor or

starter, together with a fused-control circuit transformer (suffix F4T) to allow field assembly of enclosed controllers. In the cover of the

Class 9991 Type SCG 1 enclosure, knock-outs are provided for field addition of Class 9999 cover-mounted control units. All other

Class 8502 and 8536 enclosures include a panel with space and drilling for an open-type device and a fused control-circuit

transformer. In addition, three closing plates are included in each cover for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units.

Oversized enclosures for open-type, Class 8903 Type L and LX and Type S (30 and 60 A), electrically and mechanically held

lighting contactors include a panel with space and drilling for an open-type contactor and fused control-circuit transformer (suffix

F4T) and/or an auxiliary relay for use with single-pole pilot devices (suffix R6). When an auxiliary relay is required, use a Class

8501 Type XO 11 relay. Three closing plates are provided as standard for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control

units.

Note : a Class 9991 Type SCG 1, NEMA 1 separate enclosure can also be used for Class 8903 Type SMO (30 A) electrically held

lighting contactor if suffix F4T (control transformer), with or without cover control units, is required.

For use with Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Number of

poles

Enclosure type (1) Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Contactors (2) 8502 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 1…5 NEMA 1 9991 SCG 1 3.6 (8)

NEMA 12 9991 SCA 4 8.3 (18.2)

8502 SDO 2 2…5 NEMA 1 9991 SDG 4 9.5 (21)

NEMA 12 9991 SDA 4 10.4 (23)

Starters 8536 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 1…5 NEMA 1 9991 SCG 1 3.6 (8)

NEMA 12 9991 SCA 4 8.3 (18.2)

8536 SDO 2 2…5 NEMA 1 9991 SDG 4 9.5 (21)

NEMA 12 9991 SDA 4 10.4 (23)

Lighting

contactors

8903 LO, 8903 LXO 30 A All NEMA 1 9991 SDG 3 6.8 (15)

NEMA 12 9991 SDA 3 9.1 (20)

8903 SMO 30 A 1…5 NEMA 1 9991 SDG 3 6.8 (15)

NEMA 12 9991 SDA 3 9.1 (20)

8903 SPO 60 A 2…5 NEMA 1 9991 SDG 3 6.8 (15)

NEMA 12 9991 SDA 3 9.1 (20)

Control circuit transformers

For use with Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Number of

poles

Transformer type Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Contactors (2) 8502 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 1…3 Standard, 50 VA 9070 T50 –

Extra capacity, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) –

Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) –

4 and 5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) –

Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) –

8502 SDO 2 2…5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 –

Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 –

Extra capacity, 300 VA 9070 T300 –

Starters 8536 SAO/SBO/SCO 0, 1 1…3 Standard, 50 VA 9070 T50 –

Extra capacity, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) –

Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) –

4 and 5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) –

Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) –

8536 SDO 2 2…5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 –

Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 –

Extra capacity, 300 VA 9070 T300 –

Lighting

contactors

8903 LO 30 A All Standard, 50 VA 9070 T50 –

8903 LXO 30 A All Standard, 50 VA 9070 T50 –

Extra capacity, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) –

Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) –

8903 SMO 30 A 1…3 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 (3) –

Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 (3) –

4 and 5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 –

Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 –

Extra capacity, 300 VA 9070 T300 –

8903 SPO 60 A 2…5 Standard, 100 VA 9070 T100 –

Extra capacity, 150 VA 9070 T150 –

Extra capacity, 300 VA 9070 T300 –

(1) NEMA 1: general purpose enclosure. NEMA 12: dust-tight and drip-tight industrial-use enclosure.

(2) For contactors (Class 8502), a separate closing plate is provided with each enclosure to replace the reset mechanism, with the

exception of Class 9991 Type SCG 1, which requires a separate reset closing plate, Class 9999 Type SG2.

(3) For mounting in a 9991 SCG 1 enclosure, a Class 9991 Type S1 adapter bracket is also required.

9991 SCG 1

DF 531389

Dimensions:

pages 7/6 and 7/7

7/5

References Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Fuse block, Control unit kits

Fuse block (for use with Class CC fuses)

For use with Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Contactors 8502 SBO/SCO/SDO 0…2 9999 SFR 4 –

Starters 8536 SBO/SCO/SDO 0…2 9999 SFR 4 –

Lighting

contactors

8903 LO/LXO/SMO/SPO 30…60 A 9999 SFR 4 –

Control unit kits

Class 9001 Type K oil-tight/water-tight control units can be easily installed in NEMA 12, separate enclosures provided with closing

plates.

When installing control units, simply remove the closing plates and install the appropriate Class 9001 Type K components.

Convenient control unit kits, complete with assembled and pre-wired operators for quick installation, are available as Class 9999

user modification kits.

Class 9001 Type SK, NEMA 4X, corrosion-resistant control units may be used as an alternative.

Kits

Control

function

Kit contents Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Description Reference Quantity

"Start-Stop" Start operator 9001 KR 1B 1 9999 SA 3 –

push button Stop operator 9001 KR 1R 1

"Start" legend plate 9001 KN 201 1

"Stop" legend plate 9001 KN 202 1

Contact block 9001 KA 1 2

"Hand-Off-Auto" Selector operator switch 9001 KS 43B 1 9999 SC 8 –

selector switch "Hand-Off-Auto" legend plate 9001 KN 260 1

Contact block 9001 KA 1 1

Pilot light

(120 V)

Red pilot light 9001 KP 1R31 1 9999 SP 28R –

Dimensions:

pages 7/6 and 7/7

7/6

Dimensions

Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Separate enclosures

Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)

NEMA 1 rated (general purpose) separate enclosures

Mounting

screws

A B C D E F G H I J K L

9991 SCG 7 3 x # 10 152 254 134 76 22 206 25 24 105 127 – –

9991 SDG 7 4 x 6.4 198 322 153 – 28 267 28 28 143 146 28 143

9991 SEG 7/8 4 x 9.5 286 554 203 – 39 476 39 39 213 197 39 213

9991 SCG 8/DPG 2 3 x # 10 152 254 141 76 22 206 25 24 105 127 – –

9991 SDG 8/DPG 3 4 x 6.4 198 322 160 – 28 267 28 28 143 146 28 143

9991 LXG 1 – 198 322 153 – 28 267 28 28 143 146 28 143

9991 DPG 1 – 127 216 102 – – – – – – – – –

9991 DPG 4 4 x 9.5 286 554 213 – 39 476 39 39 213 197 39 213

Mounting

screws

A B C D E F G H I J K L

9991 SFG 8 4 x 11.1 286 639 228 218 32 32 567 36 11 – – –

9991 SGG 8 – 5021129363–––––––––

9991 SCG 9 4 x 7.9 302 302 188 248 27 27 248 27 8 – – –

9991 SDG 9 4 x 7.9 378 359 192 324 27 27 305 27 8 – – –

NEMA 12 rated (dust-tight and drip-tight) separate enclosures

For use with A B C D E F G H I J

9991 MA 1 140273114–––––––

9991 SCA 11 162 217 324 40 83 305 10 90 318 8

9991 SDA 11 206 236 406 40 127 381 13 90 391 8

9991 SEA 11 461 235 800 78 305 775 13 93 678 11

9991 SEA 11 8536 SEO 461 243 800 78 305 775 13 114 678 11

9991 SFA 11 8536 SFO 461 243 800 78 305 775 13 114 678 11

9991 SFA 11 461 235 800 78 305 775 13 93 678 11

9991 SCA 12 336363225–––––––

9991 SDA 12 387413230–––––––

Flush mounting separate enclosures

A B C D E F G H

9991 MF 1 140292102–––––

9991 MF 2 14029289–––––

9991 SCF 11 341 183 149 283 121 233 114 10

9991 SCF 12 24441999–––––

9991 SCF 2 175378154–––––

9991 SCF 1 175378154–––––

9991 SDF 11 386 227 194 327 138 278 130 10

9991 SDF 12 24441999–––––

9991 SDF 2 175378154–––––

9991 SDF 1 256416152–––––

9991 SEF 11 787 425 362 667 203 – – 5

9991 SDF 13 386 227 194 327 138 278 130 10

9991 SCF 13 337178146–––––

HIH

RESET

Pilot

Light

EDF

Reset

(4) I Dia.

Mounting Holes

DED G

(4) J Dia. Mounting Holes

HE G

References:

pages7/2 and 7/5

7/7

Dimensions

Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Separate enclosures

Dimensions in mm (25.4 mm = 1 inch)

Separate enclosures for addition of control circuit transformer

Mounting

screws

A B C D E F G H I

9991 SCG 1 4 x 7.1 161 403 132 118 21 365 19 7 9

For use

with

Mounting

screws

A B C D E F G H I

9991 SDG 4 8502 SDO 4 x 7.9 378 359 192 324 27 27 305 27 8

9991 SDG 4 8536 SDO 4 x 7.9 378 359 194 324 27 27 305 27 8

9991 SDG 3 4 x 7.9 378 359 192 324 27 27 305 27 8

A B C D E F G H I

9991 SCA 4 336363225––––––

9991 SDA 4 387413230––––––

9991 SDA 3 387413230––––––

A(4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes

EDF

Reset

(4) I Dia.

Mounting Holes

References:

pages 7/2 and 7/5

7/8

References Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Magnetic coils

Replacement a.c. magnetic coils for magnetic contactors and

starters

Equipment to be serviced Frequency Voltage Reference Weight

Device Type NEMA Size

or current

rating

Number

poles

Hz Vkg (lb)

Latch coils for

present-design

magnetic

contactors

and starters

Classes:

8502, 8536,

8538, 8539,

8702, 8736,

8903, 8910

30 A

2 to 6

2 to 4

50 24 9998 L 24 –

110–115 9998 L 44 –

120 9998 L 45 –

208 9998 L 52 –

220 9998 L 53 –

240 9998 L 54 –

380 9998 L 60 –

440 9998 L 62 –

480 9998 L 63 –

550 9998 L 65 –

600 9998 L 66 –

60 24 9998 L 23 –

120 9998 L 44 –

208 9998 L 50 –

240 9998 L 53 –

277 9998 L 55 –

300 9998 L 56 –

480 9998 L 62 –

600 9998 L 65 –

30 A

8 to 12

6 to 12

50 24 9998 LH 24 –

110–115 9998 LH 44 –

120 9998 LH 45 –

220 9998 LH 53 –

240 9998 LH 54 –

440 9998 LH 62 –

550 9998 LH 65 –

60 24 9998 LH 23 –

120 9998 LH 44 –

208 9998 LH 50 –

240 9998 LH 53 –

277 9998 LH 55 –

480 9998 LH 62 –

600 9998 LH 65 –

SA (1)

Series B

00 All 50 110–115 9998 SAC 45 –

220 9998 SAC 54 –

440 9998 SAC 62 –

550 9998 SAC 65 –

60 24 9998 SAC 23 –

120 9998 SAC 45 –

208 9998 SAC 52 –

240 9998 SAC 54 –

277 9998 SAC 55 –

380 9998 SAC 59 –

480 9998 SAC 62 –

600 9998 SAC 65 –

(1) For use on Type S Series B devices only.

7/9

References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Magnetic coils

Replacement a.c. magnetic coils for magnetic contactors and

starters (continued)

Equipment to be serviced Frequency Voltage Reference Weight

Device Type NEMA Size

or current

rating

Number

poles

Hz Vkg (lb)

Latch coils for

present-design

magnetic

contactors

and starters

Classes:

8502, 8536,

8538, 8539,

8702, 8736,

8903

(Series A),

SB, SC,

00, 0,

1, 1P,

and 30 A

All 50 24 31041-400-22 –

110–115 31041-400-42 –

120 31041-400-43 –

220 31041-400-51 –

240 31041-400-53 –

380 31041-400-57 –

440 31041-400-60 –

480 31041-400-61 –

550 31041-400-62 –

600 31041-400-64 –

60 24 31041-400-20 –

120 31041-400-42 –

208 31041-400-48 –

220 31041-400-51 –

240 31041-400-51 –

277 31041-400-52 –

380 31041-400-56 –

440 31041-400-58 –

480 31041-400-60 –

550 31041-400-61 –

600 31041-400-62 –

SD, SP 2 and 60 A 2 and 3 50 24 31063-409-17 –

110–115 31063-409-38 –

120 31063-409-39 –

220 31063-409-47 –

240 31063-409-48 –

380 31063-409-54 –

440 31063-409-57 –

550 31063-409-60 –

600 31063-409-61 –

60 24 31063-409-16 –

120 31063-409-38 –

208 31063-409-44 –

220 31063-409-47 –

240 31063-409-47 –

277 31063-409-49 –

440 31063-409-57 –

480 31063-409-57 –

550 31063-409-60 –

600 31063-409-60 –

4 and 5 50 24 31063-400-17 –

110–115 31063-400-38 –

120 31063-400-39 –

220 31063-400-47 –

240 31063-400-48 –

380 31063-400-54 –

440 31063-400-57 –

550 31063-400-60 –

600 31063-400-61 –

60 24 31063-400-16 –

120 31063-400-38 –

208 31063-400-44 –

220 31063-400-47 –

240 31063-400-47 –

277 31063-400-49 –

380 31063-400-53 –

440 31063-400-57 –

480 31063-400-57 –

550 31063-400-60 –

600 31063-400-60 –

7/10

References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Magnetic coils

Replacement a.c. magnetic coils for magnetic contactors and

starters (continued)

Equipment to be serviced Frequency Voltage Reference Weight

Device Type NEMA Size

or current

rating

Number

poles

Hz Vkg (lb)

Latch coils for

present-design

magnetic

contactors

and starters

Classes:

8502, 8536,

8538, 8539,

8702, 8736,

8903, 8910

SE, 3, 20 A 2 and 3 50 24 31074-400-17 –

SQ, and 100 A 110–115 31074-400-38 –

DPA 12 120 31074-400-39 –

220 31074-400-47 –

240 31074-400-48 –

380 31074-400-54 –

440 31074-400-57 –

550 31074-400-60 –

600 31074-400-61 –

60 24 31074-400-16 –

120 31074-400-38 –

208 31074-400-44 –

220 31074-400-47 –

240 31074-400-47 –

277 31074-400-49 –

380 31074-400-53 –

440 31074-400-57 –

480 31074-400-57 –

500 31074-400-58 –

550 31074-400-60 –

600 31074-400-60 –

4 and 5 50 110–115 31091-400-38 –

120 31091-400-39 –

220 31091-400-47 –

240 31091-400-48 –

380 31091-400-54 –

440 31091-400-57 –

480 31091-400-58 –

550 31091-400-60 –

600 31091-400-61 –

60 120 31091-400-38 –

208 31091-400-44 –

220 31091-400-47 –

240 31091-400-47 –

277 31091-400-49 –

380 31091-400-53 –

440 31091-400-57 –

480 31091-400-57 –

550 31091-400-60 –

600 31091-400-60 –

Latch coils for

present-design

magnetic

contactors and

starters

Classes:

8502, 8536,

8538, 8539,

8702, 8736, 8903

SF, SV 4 and

200 A

All 50 110–115 31091-400-38 –

120 31091-400-39 –

220 31091-400-47 –

240 31091-400-48 –

380 31091-400-54 –

440 31091-400-57 –

480 31091-400-58 –

550 31091-400-60 –

600 31091-400-61 –

60 120 31091-400-38 –

208 31091-400-44 –

240 31091-400-47 –

277 31091-400-49 –

380 31091-400-53 –

480 31091-400-57 –

600 31091-400-60 –

7/11

References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Magnetic coils

Replacement a.c. magnetic coils for magnetic contactors and

starters (continued)

Equipment to be serviced Frequency Voltage Reference Weight

Device Type NEMA Size

or current

rating

Number

poles

Hz Vkg (lb)

Latch coils for

present-design

magnetic

contactors

and starters

Classes:

8502, 8536,

8538, 8539,

8702, 8736, 8903

SG, SX 5 and

300 A

(Series A)

All 50 110–115 31096-400-09 –

120 31096-400-10 –

220 31096-400-18 –

380 31096-400-22 –

440 31096-400-24 –

550 31096-400-29 –

600 31096-400-30 –

60 120 31096-400-09 –

208 31096-400-15 –

240 31096-400-18 –

277 31096-400-19 –

380 31096-400-21 –

480 31096-400-24 –

600 31096-400-29 –

5 and

300 A

(Series B)

All 50 110–115 31096-320-50 –

120 31096-320-50 –

220 31096-320-52 –

240 31096-320-52 –

380 31096-320-54 –

440 31096-320-55 –

480 31096-320-55 –

60 110–115 31096-320-50 –

120 31096-320-50 –

208 31096-320-51 –

220 31096-320-52 –

240 31096-320-52 –

277 31096-320-53 –

380 31096-320-54 –

440 31096-320-55 –

480 31096-320-55 –

SH, SJ 6 and 7 2 and 3 All system voltages 31104-400-50 –

SY, SZ,

SJ (1)

400, 600

and 800 A

2 and 3 All system voltages 31104-400-50 –

SY, SZ,

SJ (2)

400, 600

and 800 A

2 and 3 50 110–115 31104-418-09 –

220 31104-418-18 –

440 31104-418-24 –

550 31104-418-29 –

60 110–115 31104-418-09 –

120 31104-418-09 –

208 31104-418-15 –

220 31104-418-18 –

240 31104-418-18 –

277 31104-418-19 –

440 31104-418-24 –

480 31104-418-24 –

550 31104-418-29 –

600 31104-418-29 –

(1) Electrically held.

(2) Mechanically held.

7/12

References Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Replacement parts kits

Magnetic contactor and starter contact kits for present designs

Class 9998 replacement parts kits are available for servicing Square D relays, contactors and starters. Each kit contains the

necessary movable and stationary contacts, contact springs (when required; NEMA Size 3 and above do not include contact

springs, and springs are not available), and additional hardware required to service the devices listed below. When servicing

devices having more poles than contained in the corresponding kit, it may be necessary to order an additional kit.

Equipment to be serviced Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Number of

poles in kit

kg (lb)

8502, 8536, 8538,

8539, 8702, 8736,

8903

SA (Series B) 00 3 9998 SJ 1 –

SB 0 3 9998 SL 2 –

49998 SL 12 –

SB, SC (power-

pole adder)

0 and 1 1 9998 SL 22 –

SC 1 and 1P 3 9998 SL 3 –

14 9998 SL 13 –

SD 2 3 9998 SL 4 –

49998 SL 14 –

SD (power-pole

adder)

21 9998 SL 24 –

SE 3 2 9998 SL 6 –

39998 SL 7 –

SF 4 2 9998 SL 8 –

39998 SL 9 –

SG 5 2 9998 SL 10 –

39998 SL 11 –

SH 6 2 9998 SL 25 –

39998 SL 26 –

SJ 7 2 9998 SL 30 –

39998 SL 31 –

L (Series C) and

LX (Series B)

30 A 4 9998 RA 5B –

8903 SM 30 A 3 9998 SL 3 –

49998 SL 13 –

SP 60 A 3 9998 SL 4 –

49998 SL 14 –

SQ 100 A 2 9998 SL 6 –

39998 SL 7 –

SV 200 A 2 9998 SL 8 –

39998 SL 9 –

SX 300 A 2 9998 SL 10 –

39998 SL 11 –

SY 400 A 2 9998 SL 25 –

39998 SL 26 –

SZ 600 A 2 9998 SL 32 –

39998 SL 33 –

SJ 800 A 2 9998 SL 30 –

39998 SL 31 –

Manual starter contact kits

Equipment to be serviced Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size Number of

poles in kit

kg (lb)

2510 M, T M-0 3 9998 ML 1 –

M-1 and M-1P 3 9998 ML 2 –

Replacement control transformers (150 VA)

Equipment to be serviced Voltage Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size 50 Hz 60 Hz

V V kg (lb

8502, 8536 S 6 220/440-110 240/480-120 31104-512-50 –

– 208-120 31104-512-52 –

– 277-120 31104-512-53 –

380-110 – 31104-512-54 –

550-110 600-120 31104-512-51 –

110-110 120-120 31104-512-55 –

220-110 240-120 31104-512-56 –

7/13

References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Replacement parts kits

Universal baseplates

Replacement control transformers (200 VA)

Equipment to be serviced Voltage Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size 50 Hz 60 Hz

V V kg (lb)

8502, 8536 S 7 220/440-110 240/480-120 31123-501-50 –

– 208-120 31123-501-52 –

– 277-120 31123-501-53 –

380-110 – 31123-501-54 –

550-110 600-120 31123-501-51 –

110-110 120-120 31123-501-55 –

220-110 240-120 31123-501-56 –

Replacement contact kits

Equipment to be serviced Reference Weight

Class Type Current rating Number of poles kg (lb)

8910 DPA 5 50 A 1 9998 DRC 5 –

DPA 6 60 A 1 9998 DRC 6 –

DPA 7 75 A 1 9998 DRC 7 –

DPA 9 90 A 1 9998 DRC 9 –

DPA 123 120 A 1 9998 DRC 12 –

Universal baseplates

A universal baseplate may be used to retrofit a Square D Type S NEMA starter into an application which is currently using a

competitive NEMA starter. The universal baseplate is a metal plate which attaches to the panel in the location of the starter to

be replaced. The Type S starter then mounts to the baseplate. It is available for NEMA Sizes 00 to 4, and mounting screws are

provided with each plate.

The universal baseplate adapter allows the Type S starter to replace the following competitive starters:

Type Competitive

starter

NEMA Size Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Universal Allen Bradley 509 0 and 1 9998 UB 01 –

baseplates 29998 UB 02 –

39998 UB 03 –

49998 UB 04 –

Allen Bradley 709 1 9998 UB 01 –

29998 UB 02 –

39998 UB 03 –

49998 UB 04 –

Cutler Hammer

Freedom Series

00, 0, 1 9998 UB 01 –

29998 UB 02 –

39998 UB 03 –

49998 UB 04 –

Furnas ESP100 0 and 1 9998 UB 01 –

29998 UB 02 –

39998 UB 03 –

49998 UB 04 –

Furnas INNOVA 0 and 1 9998 UB 01 –

29998 UB 02 –

39998 UB 03 –

49998 UB 04 –

General Electric

CR306

00, 0, 1 9998 UB 01 –

29998 UB 02 –

39998 UB 03 –

49998 UB 04 –

7/14

References Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Cover-mounted control unit kits

Class 9999 cover-mounted push button, selector switch and pilot light control unit kits can be easily field installed in a NEMA 1 or 12,

Type S contactor or starter enclosure cover. Knockouts or removable closing plates are provided with many enclosure covers for

convenient field installation of control units. Kits are supplied with leads and clearly illustrated instructions.

The Class 9999 cover-mounted control unit kits are identical to the factory-installed units.

Push button kits for NEMA 1 enclosures

For use with Description Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Number of

poles

kg (lb)

8502 and 8536 SA, SB, SC

00, 0, 1 and 1P

All

Start-Stop 9999 SA2 –

On-Off 9999 SA10 –

SF to SJ 4 to 7 All Start-Stop 9999 SA3 –

On-Off 9999 SA3 –

8538, 8539, 8702, 8736 SB and SC

0 and 1

All

Start-Stop 9999 SA2 –

On-Off 9999 SA10 –

SG to SJ 5 to 7 All Start-Stop 9999 SA3 –

On-Off 9999 SA3 –

8903 (electrically held) LX (1) 30 A All On-Off 9999 LXPB (2) –

30 A

60 A

100 A

All

Start-Stop 9999 SA2 (3) –

On-Off 9999 SA10 (3) –

SJ, SV, SX,

SY and SZ

200 to 800 A All Start-Stop 9999 SA3 (3) –

On-Off 9999 SA3 (3) –

Selector switch kits for NEMA 1 enclosures

For use with Description Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Number of

poles

kg (lb)

8502 and 8536 SA, SB, SC

00, 0, 1 and 1P

All

Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC2 –

On-Off 9999 SC22 –

8502 and 8536 SF to SJ 4 to 7 All Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC8 –

8538, 8539, 8702, 8736 SB and SC

0 and 1

All

Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC2 –

On-Off 9999 SC22 –

SG to SJ 5 to 7 All Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC8 –

8903 (electrically held) LX (1) 30 A All On-Off 9999 LXS (2) –

SM 30 A All Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC2 –

60 A

100 A

All

On-Off 9999 SC22 –

SJ, SV, SX,

and SZ

200 to 800 A All Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC8 –

(1) For Class 8903 Type LX, NEMA 12 control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section.

(2) To mount a control unit in a NEMA 1 enclosure, a Class 9999 Type BLX bracket is also required.

(3) Also requires N/O auxiliary contact for holding circuit contact when used on Class 8903 electrically held lighting contactors.

9999 SA2

531371

9999 SA3

531372

9999 SC2

531373

7/15

References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Cover-mounted control unit kits

Red pilot light (1) kits for NEMA 1 enclosures

For use with Description Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Number of

poles

kg (lb)

8502 and 8536 SA, SB and

00, 0, 1 and 1P All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R –

Standard 9999 SP 2R –

SD 2 All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R –

Standard 9999 SP 3R –

SE 3 2 and 3 With control transformer 9999 SP 28R –

Standard 9999 SP 4R –

SE 3 4 and 5 With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) –

Standard 9999 SP 5R –

SF 4 All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) –

Standard 9999 SP 28R –

SG to SJ 5 to 7 All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) –

Standard 9999 SP 28R (3) –

8538, 8539, 8702, 8736 SB and SC 0 and 1 All With control transformer 9999 SP 12R –

Standard 9999 SP 12R –

SD 2 All With control transformer 9999 SP 13R –

Standard 9999 SP 13R –

SE 3 All With control transformer 9999 SP 14R –

Standard 9999 SP 14R –

SF 4 All With control transformer 9999 SP 15R –

Standard 9999 SP 15R –

SG to SJ 5 to 7 All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) –

Standard 9999 SP 28R (3) –

8903 (electrically held) LX (2) 30 A All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) –

SM 30 A All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R –

Standard 9999 SP 2R –

SP 60 A All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R –

Standard 9999 SP 3R –

SQ 100 A 2 and 3 With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) –

Standard 9999 SP 28R –

4 and 5 With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) –

Standard 9999 SP 28R –

SJ, SV, SX,

SY and SZ

200 to 800 A All With control transformer 9999 SP 28R (3) –

Standard 9999 SP 28R (3) –

(1) A green lens is included in the red pilot light kits. If you order a 9999 SP 28R kit, you will receive both a red and a green lens

with the pilot light.

(2) For Class 8903 Type LX NEMA 12 rated control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section.

(3) The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. The kit contains one Class 9001 Type KP1R31120V, 60 Hz red pilot

light control unit. For other voltages, refer to the Class 9001 Type KP section of the Digest..

9999 SP 2R

531374

7/16

References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Cover-mounted control unit kits

Push button kits for NEMA 12 enclosures

For use with Description (1) Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Number of

poles

kg (lb)

8502, 8536

8538, 8539, 8702, 8736

8903 (electrically held)

SA, SB, SC

SG to SJ

SB and SC

SG to SJ

LX (2)

SJ, SV, SX,

and SZ

00, 0, 1 and 1P

5 to 7

0 and 1

5 to 7

30 A

60 A

100 A

200 to 800 A

All

Start-Stop

or On-Off

9999 SA3 –

Selector switch kits for NEMA 12 enclosures

For use with Description (1) Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Number of

poles

kg (lb)

8502, 8536

8538, 8539, 8702, 8736

8903 (electrically held)

SA, SB, SC

SG to SJ

SB and SC

SG to SJ

LX (2)

SJ, SV, SX,

SY and SZ

00, 0, 1 and 1P

5 to 7

0 and 1

5 to 7

30 A

60 A

100 A

200 to 800 A

All

Hand-Off-Auto 9999 SC8 –

(1) User-made openings are required in order to field install these modification kits on standard 8502, 8536 Type S Sizes 0 to 2,

and 8903 Sizes 30 to 60 A NEMA 12 enclosures

(2) For Class 8903 Type LX NEMA 12 control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section.

7/17

References (continued) Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Cover-mounted control unit kits

Red pilot light (1) kits for NEMA 12 enclosures

For use with Description (2) Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size or

current rating

Number of

poles

kg (lb)

8502, 8536

8538, 8539, 8702, 8736

8903 (electrically held)

SA, SB, SC

SG to SJ

SB and SC

SG to SJ

LX (4)

SJ, SV, SX,

and SZ

00, 0, 1 and 1P

5 to 7

0 and 1

5 to 7

30 A

60 A

100 A

200 to 800 A

All

120 V, 60 Hz 9999 SP 28R (3) –

Closing plates for NEMA 1 enclosures

For use with Description Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size or

current rating

kg (lb)

8502, 8536, 8903 SA to SE or

SM to SP

00 to 3 or

30 to 60 A

For pilot light or reset

Slip-on cover, NEMA 1 enclosure

9999 SG2 –

For push button or selector switch

Slip-on cover, NEMA 1 enclosure

9999 SG3 –

8538 and 8539 SB to SF 0 to 4 For push button or selector switch

Hinged cover, NEMA 1 enclosure

9999 SG1 –

For pilot light

Hinged cover, NEMA 1 enclosure

9999 SG2 –

(1) A green lens is included in the red pilot light kits. If you order a 9999 SP 28R kit, you will receive both a red and a green lens

with the pilot light.

(2) User-made openings are required in order to field install these modification kits on standard 8502, 8536 Type S Sizes 0 to 2,

and 8903 Sizes 30 to 60 A NEMA 12 enclosures.

(3) The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one Class 9001 Type KP1R31120V, 60 Hz red pilot light

control unit. For other voltages, refer to the Class 9001 Type KP section of the Digest..

(4) For Class 8903 Type LX NEMA 12 control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section.

7/18

Characteristics,

references

Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Auxiliary contacts

Characteristics

Class 9999

Type SX 11/SX 12

Contact ratings

Maximum current (50/60 Hz)

Make

(35% power factor)

Break

(35% power factor)

Continuous current

a 120 V or less A30 3 3

a 120…600 V 3600 VA 360 VA 3 A

Class 9999

Type SX 6 to SX 10/SX 13 to SX 17

Contact ratings

Maximum current (50/60 Hz)

Make

(35% power factor)

Break

(35% power factor)

Continuous current

a 120 V or less A60 610

a 120…600 V 7200 VA 720 VA 10 A

References

Internal contact kits

Class 9999 Type SX 11 internal contact kit is a replacement unit for the N/O holding circuit contact supplied as standard on

Type S, Sizes 00–2, three-phase starters and contactors. The Class 9999 Type SX 12 is a replacement unit for the N/C electrical

contact supplied as standard on Type S, Sizes 00–2, mechanically interlocked devices. Internal contacts are also used on

Class 2510 Types M and T manual starters. The internal contacts can be used for other applications as long as the electrical rating

is not exceeded.

For use with Internal non-convertible

contacts

Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size kg (lb)

8502, 8702, 8536, 8736 SA to SD 00 to 2 1 N/O contact 9999 SX 11 (1) –

1 N/C contact 9999 SX 12 (1) –

External contact kits

Class 9999 Type SX 6 external auxiliary contact is supplied as standard for the N/O holding circuit contact on Type S Sizes 3 to

7 contactors and starters. Additional auxiliary contacts can be added to Type S contactors, starters and lighting contactors. These

contacts mount on either side of the basic contactor and are available with convertible or non-convertible contacts. The contacts

of the convertible version can be changed from N/O to N/C or vice versa in the field. The non-convertible version has fixed

contacts, either N/O or N/C.

To determine the number of auxiliary contacts that can be added to each Type S contactor or starter, refer to the contactor and

starter section.

For use with External field convertible

contacts

Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size kg (lb)

8502, 8702, 8536, 8736 SA to SJ 00 to 7 1 N/O contact 9999 SX 6 –

1 N/C contact 9999 SX 7 –

1 N/O and 1 N/C isolated contacts 9999 SX 8 –

1 N/O overlapping contact 9999 SX 9 (2) –

1 N/C overlapping contact 9999 SX 10 (2) –

For use with External non-convertible

contacts

Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size kg (lb)

8502, 8702, 8536, 8736 SA to SJ 00 to 7 1 N/O contact 9999 SX 13 –

1 N/C contact 9999 SX 14 –

1 N/O and 1 N/C isolated contacts 9999 SX 15 –

1 N/O overlapping contact 9999 SX 16 (2) –

1 N/C overlapping contact 9999 SX 17 (2) –

(1) Types SX 11 and SX 12 are not applicable on NEMA Sizes 3 or larger. Internal contacts can also be used on Class 2510 Types

M and T manual starters.

(2) Types SX 9 and SX 10 or Types SX 16 and SX 17 must be used together and mounted on the same side of the contactor. They

are suitable for applications where it is necessary for a normally open contact to overlap a normally closed contact.

9999 SX 11

DF 531376

9999 SX 6

DF 531375

7/19

References Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Auxiliary contacts,

Adapter, Remote reset module

Isolated auxiliary contacts for Motor Logic solid-state overload relays

Overload relay auxiliary contacts are available factory installed or in kit form for field installation on Motor Logic solid-state overload

relays.

These contacts may be used for isolated alarm contact applications.

For use with External field convertible

contact

Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size kg (lb)

9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 00B to 7 N/O or N/C auxiliary contact 9999 AC 04 –

Adapter

The adapter enables the Motor Logic solid-state overload relay to be mounted on a 35 mm mounting rail.

For use with Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size kg (lb)

9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0 and 1 9999 DA 01 –

Remote reset module

The remote reset module can be easily field installed on solid-state overload relays. This module will allow the overload relay to

be reset from a remote location.

For use with Description Reference Weight

Class Type NEMA Size kg (lb)

9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 00B to 7 Remote reset module 9999 RR 04 (1) –

SS, SR, SF, ST 3 and 4 Top mounting bracket 9999 RB 34 (1) (2) –

(1)

120 V power required.

(2) To be used for mounting the remote reset module on the top of the solid-state overload relay.

7/20

References Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Power-pole adder kits, Timer attachments,

Control circuit fuse holders,

Transient suppression modules

Power-pole adder kits

One single- or double-circuit power pole kit may be field added to a basic 2- or 3-pole Type S contactor or starter, Size 0–2, or a

30–60 A lighting contactor. The ratings for these power-pole adders correspond to the NEMA contact ratings found in the contactor

and starter section or lighting contactor section. A 2- or 3-pole contactor or starter will accept only one single- or double-circuit

unit. A power pole cannot be used on 4- or 5-pole devices or devices which are mechanically interlocked.

For adding a power pole to a Size 2 or 60 A device, a coil change is required. When adding Sizes 0 to 2 power pole kits to a Size 3

to 7 or 100 to 800 A device, an adapter bracket (9999 SBT 1) is required.

The Class 9999 Types SB 6 to SB 15 power pole kits are suitable for copper wire only. Types SB 21 to SB 25 are supplied with

lugs suitable for copper and aluminum wire.

Description For use with Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Class Type NEMA Size or current rating

1 N/O power-

pole adder

8502, 8702, 8536,

8736, 8903

SB, SC, SM 0, 1 and 30 A 9999 SB 6 –

SD 2 9999 SB 11 (1) –

SP 60 A 9999 SB 21 (1) –

1 N/C power

pole adder

8502, 8702, 8536,

8736, 8903

SB, SC, SM 0, 1 and 30 A 9999 SB 7 –

SD 2 9999 SB 12 (1) –

SP 60 A 9999 SB 22 (1) –

1 N/O and 1 N/C

power-pole

adder

8502, 8702, 8536,

8736, 8903

SB, SC, SM 0, 1 and 30 A 9999 SB 8 –

SD 2 9999 SB 13 (1) –

SP 60 A 9999 SB 23 (1) –

2 N/O power-

pole adders

8502, 8702, 8536,

8736, 8903

SB, SC, SM 0, 1 and 30 A 9999 SB 9 –

SD 2 9999 SB 14 (1) –

SP 60 A 9999 SB 24 (1) –

2 N/C power

pole adders

8502, 8702, 8536,

8736, 8903

SB, SC, SM 0, 1 and 30 A 9999 SB 10 –

SD 2 9999 SB 15 (1) –

SP 60 A 9999 SB 25 (1) –

Adapter bracket

Description For use with Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Class Type NEMA Size or current rating

Adapter bracket 8502, 8702, 8536,

8736, 8903

SE to SJ and

SQ to SZ

3 to 7 and

100 to 800 A

9999 SBT 1 –

Control circuit fuse holders

The control circuit fuse holder is designed to be used on Type S contactors and starters, Sizes 00 to 7, when either one or two

control circuit fuses, 600 V maximum, are required. The Type SF 3 and SF 4 fuse holders accept standard 600 V Bussmann Type

KTK or equivalent fuses (10 mm x 38 mm), 6 A maximum. Type SFR 3 and SFR 4 fuse holders accept Class CC 600 V Bussmann

Type KTK-R or equivalent fuses only.

Type For use with Description (2) Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Class NEMA Size

Control circuit

fuse holders

8502, 8702, 8536,

8736

00 to 7 Single-fuse unit 9999 SF 3 –

Single-fuse unit for Class CC fuse 9999 SFR 3 –

Two-fuse unit 9999 SF 4 –

Two-fuse unit for Class CC fuses 9999 SFR 4 –

Transient suppression modules

The transient suppression module is designed to be used where the transient voltage, generated when opening the coil circuit,

interferes with the proper operation of nearby integrated or solid-state control circuits. The module consists of a RC circuit and is

designed to suppress the coil voltage transients to approximately 200% of peak coil supply voltage. The module is wired across

the coil for Type S, Sizes 00 to 5 and is designed for coil voltages of 120 V only.

Type For use with Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Class NEMA Size

Transient

suppression

modules

8502, 8702, 8536, 8736 00 to 2 9999 ST 1 –

3 to 5 9999 ST 2 –

(1) To order a Size 2 or 60 A power pole kit complete with a new starter coil, specify suffix Y118, plus the voltage and frequency.

Example: Class 9999 Type SB11 Form Y118, 120 volts, 60 Hz.

(2) Fuses not included.

9999 SB 6

DF531377

9999 SF 4

DF531379

9999 ST 1

DF531380

7/21

References Accessories for Heavy Industrial

NEMA Style Controls 0

Compression lugs

Terminal block

Compression lugs

A Class 9999 Type AL hardware kit is required to install Versa-Crimp® compression lugs on Class 8903 Type S, 100 to 800 A

lighting contactors. The lugs are suitable for both copper and aluminum wire.

One VCEL lug is required for each line or load terminal. Each Class 9999 Type AL hardware kit includes mounting hardware for

3 terminals, line or load side.

Example: to install compression lugs on a 300 A 3-pole device, line and load sides, order 6 x VCEL-060-12H1 lugs and 2 x

Class 9999 Type AL 11 hardware kits.

For use with Versa-Crimp

catalogue number

Material Wire

range

(min.-max.)

Number

of poles

Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Class Type Current rating

8903 SQ 100 A VCEL-021-14S1 Al/Cu 8–1/0 – (1) –

SV 200 A VCEL-022-516H1 Al/Cu 1–2/0 2 poles 9999 AL 13 –

3 poles 9999 AL 14 –

4 poles 9999 AL 15 –

VCEL-024-516H1 Al/Cu 2/0–4/0 2 poles 9999 AL 13 –

3 poles 9999 AL 14 –

4 poles 9999 AL 15 –

VCEL-030-516H1 MCM Al/Cu 4–300 2 poles 9999 AL 13 –

3 poles 9999 AL 14 –

4 poles 9999 AL 15 –

SX 300 A VCEL-050-12H1 MCM Al/Cu 2/0–500 – 9999 AL 11 –

VCEL-060-12H1 MCM Al 400–600 – 9999 AL 11 –

MCM Cu 400–500 – 9999 AL 11 –

VCEL-075-12H1 MCM Al 500–750 – 9999 AL 11 –

MCM Cu 500 – 9999 AL 11 –

SY, SZ 400, 600 A VCEL-060-12H2 (2) MCM Al 400–600 – 9999 AL 12 –

MCM Cu 400–500 – 9999 AL 12 –

VCEL-075-12H2 (2) MCM Al 500–750 – 9999 AL 12 –

MCM Cu 500 – 9999 AL 12 –

SJ 800 A – – – – (3) –

Terminal block

The terminal block provides easy wiring of a "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch or "Start-Stop" push buttons with separate control.

The terminal block requires no panel space. It simply snaps onto Type S, Sizes 00–4 contactors and starters by two tabs and is

secured to the left-hand coil terminal.

For use with Reference Weight

kg (lb)

Class Type NEMA Size

8502, 8702, 8536, 8736 SA to SF 00 to 4 9999 T7 –

(1) Not required.

(2) One or two lugs may be mounted on each terminal.

(3) Compression lugs for these devices are available only as a factory modification. Order: suffix Y1574. Specify the wire size, up

to 750 MCM Al or 500 MCM Cu, and the number of terminals.

Class 8903

with compression

lugs installed

DF531389

9999 T7

DF531390

8/0

8/1

Contents

8 - Services

Schneider Electric worldwide

bAddresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8/2

8/2

Schneider Electric worldwide

Afghanistan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India

Albania Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Austria

Algeria bSchneider Electric voie A Lot C22

Zone industrielle Rouiba - Alger

Tel. : +213 21 92 97 02 à 09

Fax : +213 21 92 97 00 à 01

Andorra Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric France

Angola Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Anguilla Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Antartica Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Brazil

Antigua & Barbuda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Argentina bSchneider Argentina Viamonte 2850 - 1678 Caseros

(provincia Buenos Aires)

Tel.: +54 1 716 88 88

Fax: +54 1 716 88 33

www.schneider-electric.com.ar

Armenia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Aruba Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Australia bSchneider Electric (Australia) Pty.

Limited

2 Solent Circuit

Norwest Business Park

Baulkham Hill _ NSW 2153

Tel.: +61 298 51 28 00

Fax: +61 296 29 83 40

www.schneider.com.au

Austria bSchneider Austria Ges.m.b.H. Birostrasse 11

1239 Wien

Tel.: +431 610 540

Fax: +431 610 54 54

www.schneider-electric.at

Azerbaijan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Bahamas bSchneider Electric Union Village

PO Box 3901 - Nassau

Tel. : +1 242 327 42 91

Fax : +1 242 327 42 91

www.squared.com

Bahrain bSchneider Electric Floor 1 - Juma Building

Abu Horaira Avenue

PO Box 355 - 304 Manama

Tel.: +97 322 7897

Fax: +97 321 8313

Bangladesh Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India

Barbados Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Belarus bSchneider Electric Industries SA Prospect Macherova 5, of. 202

220004 Minsk

Tel. : +375 172 23 75 50

Fax : +375 172 23 97 61

Belgium bSchneider Electric nv/sa Dieweg 3

B - 1180 Brussels

Tel.: +3223737711

Fax: +3223753858

www.schneider-electric.be

Belize Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric USA

Benin Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Bermuda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Bhutan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India

Bolivia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Chile

Bosnia and Herzegovina Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Croatia

Botswana Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Bouvet island Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Brazil bSchneider Electric Brazil Ltda. Avenida Das Nações Unidas 23223

Jurubatuba - CEP 04795-907

São Paulo-SP

Tel.: +55 55 24 52 33

Fax: +55 55 22 51 34

www.schneider-electric.com.br

Brunei (Darussalam) Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Singapore

Bulgaria bSchneider Electric Expo 2000, Boulevard Vaptzarov

1407 Sofiav

Tel.: +3592 919 42

Fax: +3592 962 44 39

www.schneiderelectric.bg

Burkina Faso Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Burundi Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya

Cambodia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Viet Nam

Cameroon bSchneider Electric Cameroon 166, rue de l'Hôtel de Ville

BP12087 - Douala

Tel.: +237 343 38 84

Fax: +237 343 11 94

Canada bSchneider Canada 19, Waterman Avenue

M4 B1Y2 Toronto - Ontario

Tel.: +1 416 752 8020

Fax: +1 416 752 4203

www.schneider-electric.ca

Cape Verde Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal

Caribee Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Cayman islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Central African Republic Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Chad Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Chile bSchneider Electric Chile S.A.

Avda. Pdte Ed. Frei Montalva, 6001-31

Conchali - Santiago

Tel.: +56 2 444 3000

Fax: +56 2 423 9335

www.schneider-electric.co.cl

China bSchneider Beijing Landmark bldg-Room 1801

8 North Dong Sanhuan Rd

Chaoyang District

100004 Beijing

Tel.: +86 10 65 90 69 07

Fax: +86 10 65 90 00 13

www.schneider-electric.com.cn

Up-dated: 30-07-2003

Schneider Electric worldwide

Up-dated: 30-07-2003

8/3

Christmas island Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Cocos (Keeling) islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Colombia bSchneider Electric de Colombia

S.A.

Calle 45A #102-48

Bogota DC

Tel.: +57 1 426 97 00

Fax: +57 1 426 97 40

Comoros Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric la Reunion

Congo Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Cook islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Costa Rica bSchneider Centroamérica Ltda. 1.5 kmts oeste de la Embajada

Americana,

Pavas, San José, Costa Rica C.A.

Apartado: 4123-1000 San Jose

Tel.: +506 232-60-55

Fax: +506 232-04-26

www.schneider-ca.com

Croatia bSchneider Electric SA Fallerovo Setaliste 22

HR - 10000 Zagreb

Tel.: +385 1 367 100

Fax: +385 1 367 111

Cuba bSchneider Electric Bureau de Liaison de La Havane

Calle 36- N°306-Apto1

Entre 3ra y 5ta Avenida Miramar

Playa Habana

Tel.: +53 724 15 59

Fax: +53 724 12 17

Cyprus bSchneider Electric Cyprus 28 General Timayia Avenue

Kyriakos Building, Block #A301

Larnaca 6046

Tel.: +00357 248 12646

Fax: +00357 246 37382

Czech Republic bSchneider Electric CZ, s.r.o. Thámova 13

Praha 8 - 186 00

Tel.: +420 2 810 88 111

Fax: +420 2 24 81 08 49

www.schneider-electric.cz

Democratic Rep. of Congo Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Denmark bSchneider Electric A/S Baltorpbakken 14

DK-2750 Ballerup

Tel.: +45 44 73 78 88

Fax: +45 44 68 5255

www.schneider-electric.dk

Djibouti Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt

Dominican Republic bSchneider Electric Calle Jacinto Manon

Esq. Federico Geraldino

Edificio D' Roca Plaza Suite 402,

Ens. Paraiso - Santo Domingo

Tel.: +1 809 334 66 63

Fax: +1 809 334 66 68

Ecuador bSchneider Electric Ecuador SA

Av.Republica del Salvador 1082 y Nac

Edificio Mansion Blanca-Quito

Tel. : +593 2 224 42 42

Fax : +593 2 224 42 94

Egypt bSchneider Electric Egypt sae 68, El Tayaran Street

Nasr City, 11371 - Cairo

Tel.: +20 24 01 01 19

Fax: +20 24 01 66 87

www.schneider.com.eg

El Salvador Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric USA

Equatorial Guinea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Eritrea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt

Estonia bLexel Electric Ehitajate tee 110

EE 12618 Talinn

Tel. : +372 650 97 00

Fax : +372 650 97 22

Ethiopia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt

Falkland islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Brazil

Faroe islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Fiji Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Finland bSchneider Electric Oy Sinimäentie 14

02630 Espoo

Tel. : +358 9 527 000

Fax : +358 9 5270 0376

www.schneider-electric.fi

France bSchneider Electric SA 5, rue Nadar

92500 Rueil Malmaison

Tel.: +33 (0)1 41 29 82 00

Fax: +33 (0)1 47 51 80 20

www.schneider-electric.fr

French Polynesia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

French West Indies Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Gabon Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Cameroon

Gambia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal

Georgia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Germany bSchneider Electric GmbH Gothaer Straße 29

D-40880 Ratingen

Tel.: +49210 240 40

Fax: +492 10 240 49 256

www.schneiderelectric.de

Ghana bSchneider Electric Ghana PMB Kia

3rd Floor Opeibea House

Airport Commercial Center

Liberation road - Accra

Tel. : +233 21 70 11 687

Fax : +233 21 77 96 22

Gilbraltar Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Spain

Greece bSchneider Electric AE 14th km - RN Athens-Lamia

GR - 14564 Kifissia

Tel.: +302 106 29 52 00

Fax: +302 106 29 52 10

www.schneider-electric.com.gr

Greenland Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Grenada Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Guadeloupe Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Martinique

Guam Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Schneider Electric worldwide

Up-dated: 30-07-2003

8/4

Guatemala Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Guinea-Bissau Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Sénégal

Guinea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Guyana Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Haiti Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Heard & Mac Donald isl. Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Honduras Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Hong Kong bSchneider Electric (Hong Kong)

Ltd

Room 3108-28, 31th Floor,

Sun Hung Kai Centre,

30 Harbour Road, Wanchai

Tel.: +852 25 65 06 21

Fax: +852 28 11 10 29

Hungary bSchneider Electric Hungária

Villamossági Rt.

Fehérvári út 108 – 112

H-1116 Budapest

Tel.: +36 1 382 26-06

Fax: +36 1 206 1429

www.schneider-electric.hu

Iceland Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Denmark

India bSchneider Electric India Max House, 1 Dr Jha Marg, Okhla

110 020 New Dehli

Tel. : +91 11 631 85 84

Tel. : +91 11 631 71 61

www.schneiderelectric-in.com

Indonesia bP.T. Schneider Indonesia Ventura Building 7th Floor

Jalan R.A. Kartini Kav.26

Cilandak - 12430 Jakarta

Tel.: +62 +21 750 44 06

Fax: +62 +21 750 44 15/ 16

www.schneider-electric.co.id

Iran (Islamic Republic of) bTelemecanique Iran 1047 Avenue VALI ASSR

P.O. Box 15875-3547

15116 Teheran

Tel.: +98 218 71 01 42

Fax: +98 218 71 81 87

Irak bSchneider Electric Industries SA 38050 Grenoble Cedex 9 Tel.: +33 04 76 60 54 27

Fax: +33 04 76 60 56 60

Ireland bSchneider Electric Ireland Maynooth Road

Cellbridge - Co. Kildare

Tel.: +353+0 1 6012200

Fax: +353+0 1 6012201

www.schneiderelectric.ie

Italy bSchneider Electric S.p.A. Centro Direzionale Colleoni

Palazzo Sirio - Viale Colleoni, 7

20041 Agrate Brianza (Mi)

Tel.: +39 39 655 8111

Fax: +39 39 605 6237

www.schneiderelectric.it

Ivory Coast bSchneider Electric Afrique de

l'Ouest

Rue Pierre et Marie Curie

18 BP 2027 Abidjan 18

Tel.: +225 21 75 00 10

Fax: +225 21 75 00 30

Jamaica bSchneider Electric Shop#5, Plaza Dunrobin

30 Dunrobin Avenue - Kingstown

Tel. : +1876 755 41 27

Tel. : +931 87 74

Japan bSchneider Electric Japan Ltd Torigoe F. Bldg

1-8-2, Torigoe

Taito-Ku - 111-0054 Tokyo

Tel.: +81 358 35 35 81

Fax: +81 358 35 35 85

www.schneider-electric.co.jp

Jordan bSchneider Electric Industr. Jordan Jordan University Street

Abu Al Haj Commercial Complex

2nd Floor - Office # 202 - Amman

Tel.: 962 65 16 78 87

Fax: 962 65 16 79 1

Kazakstan bSchneider Electric Kazakhstan

Liaison Office

Prospekt Abaia 157 off 9

480009 Almaty

Tel. : +7 327 250 93 88

Tel. : +7 327 250 63 70

Kenya bSchneider East Africa Power Technics Complex

Monbasa Road - PO Box 46345

Nairobi

Tel. : +254 2.824.156

Fax : +254 2.824.157

Kiribati Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Korea bSchneider Electric Korea Ltd 3Floor, Cheil Bldg., 94-46, 7-Ka

Youngdeungpodong,

Youngdeungpo-ku

150-037 Seoul

Tel. : +82 2 2630 9700

Fax : +82 2 2630 9800

www.csinfo.co.kr/schneider/

Kuwait bSchneider Electric Kuwait Al Gaas Tower - Sharq 2nd Floor

PO Box 20092 - 13 061 Safat

Tel.: +965 240 75 46

Fax: +965 240 75 06

Kyrgyz Republic Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Laos Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Thailand

Latvia bLexel Electric 60A A.Deglava str.

LV1035 Riga

Tel. : +371 780 23 74/75

Fax : +371 754 62 80

Lebanon bSchneider Electric Liban Tabaris, Avenue Charles Malek

Immeuble Ashada, 8

P.O. Box 166223 - Beyrouth

Tel. : +961 1 20 46 20

Tel. : +961 1 20 31 19

Lesotho Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Liberia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ghana

Libya Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Tunisia

Liechtenstein Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Switzerland

Lithuania bLexel Electric 44, Verkiu str.

LT-2012 Vilnius

Tel. : +370 278 59 59/61

Fax : +370 278 59 60

Loro Sae Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Luxembourg bSchneider Electric Industrie SAS Agence de Metz

1, Rue Graham Bell - BP n° 35190

57075 Metz cedex 3 - France

Tel.: 33 03 87 39 06 03

Fax: 33 03 87 74 25 96

www.schneider-electric.fr

Macau Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric China

Schneider Electric worldwide

Up-dated: 30-07-2003

8/5

Macedonia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Bulgaria

Madagascar Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric la Reunion

Malawi Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Malaysia bSchneider Electric (Malaysia) Sdn

Bhd

No.11 Jalan U1/19, Seksyen U1

Hicom-Glenmarie Industrial Park

40150 Shah Alam

Selangor Darul Ehsan

Tel. : (603) 7883 6333

Fax : (603) 7883 6188

www.schneider-

electric.com.my

Maldives Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Reunion

Mali Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal

Malta Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Tunisia

Marshall islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Martinique bSchneider Electric Schneider Electric

Immeuble Cottrell - ZI de la Lézarde

97232 Le Lamentin

Tel.: +05 96 51 06 00

Fax: +05 96 51 11 26

Mauritania Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal

Mauritius bSchneider Electric Route côtière

Calodyne - Mauritius

Tel.: 230 282 18 83

Fax: 230 282 18 84

Mayotte Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Reunion

Mexico bGroupe Schneider Mexico Calz. Rojo Gomez N° 1121-A

Col. Guadalupe del Moral

México, D.F. - C.P. 09300

Tel.: +525 686 30 00

Fax: +525 686 24 09

www.schneider-

electric.com.mx

Micronesia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Moldova Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Romania

Monaco Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric France

Mongolia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Montserrat Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Morocco bSchneider Electric Morocco 26, rue Ibnou Khalikane

Quartier Palmiers

20100 Casablanca

Tel.: +212 299 08 48 to 57

Fax: +212 299 08 67 and 69

www.schneider.co.ma

Mozambique Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Myanmar Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Singapore

Namibia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Nauru Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Nepal Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric India

Netherlands bSchneider Electric BV Waarderweg 40 - Postbus 836

2003 RV Haarlem

Tel.: +31 23 512 4124

Fax: +31 23 512 4100

www.schneider-electric.nl

Netherlands Antilles Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

New Caledonia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

New Zealand bSchneider Electric (NZ) Ltd 14 Charann Place Avondale

P.O. Box 15355 - New Lynn

Auckland

Tel. : +64 9 829 04 90

Fax : +64 9 829 04 91

www.schneider-electric.co.nz

Nicaragua Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Niger Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Nigeria bSchneider Electric Nigeria Limited Biro plaza - 8th Floor - Plot 634

Abeyemo Alakija Street

Victoria Islan - Lagos

Tel. : +234 1 2702973

Fax : +234 1 2702976

Niue Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Norfolk island Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

North Korea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric China

Northern Mariana islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Norway bSchneider Electric Norge A/S Solgaard Skog 2

Postboks 128 - 1501 Moss

Tel.: +47 6924 9700

Fax: +47 6925 7871

www.schneider-electric.no

Oman bSchneider Electric CA c/o Arab Development Co

PO Box 439 - 113 Muscat

Tel.: +968 77 163 64

Fax: +968 77 104 49

Pakistan bSchneider Electric Pakistan 43-L, 2nd floor, M.M. Alam Road,

Gulberg II - Lahore

Tel.: +92 42 5754471 à 73

Fax: +92 42 5754474

Palau Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Panama Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Papua New Guinea Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Paraguay Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Uruguay

Peru bSchneider Electric Peru S.A. Los Telares n°231 Urb. Vulcano, Ate

Lima 03

Tel.: +511 348 44 11

Fax: +511 348 05 23

www.schneider-electric.com.pe

Schneider Electric worldwide

Up-dated: 30-07-2003

8/6

Philippines bSchneider Electric Philippines, Inc 5th Floor, ALCO Building

391 Sen, Gil Puyat Avenue

Makati 1209

Tel. : +632 896 6063

Fax : +632 896 7229

Pitcairn Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Poland bSchneider Electric Polska Sp.zo.o. ul. Lubinowa 4a

03-878 - Warszawa

Tel.: +48 22 511 8 200

Fax: +48 22 511 8 210

www.schneider-electric.pl

Portugal bSchneider Electric Portugal Av.do Forte, 3

Edificio Suécia II, Piso 3-A

CP 2028 Carnaxide

2795 Linda-A-Velha

Tel.: +351 21 416 5800

Fax: +351 21 416 5857

www.schneiderelectric.pt

Puerto Rico Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Qatar bSchneider Electric Qatar Branch c/o Khalifa BinFahred Al Thani

Trad.and Co - P.O. Box 4484

Doha

Tel.: +97 4424358

Fax: +97 4424358

Reunion bSchneider Electric Immeuble Futura,

190, rue des 2 canons

BP 646 - 97497 Sainte Clothilde

Tel.: +262 28 14 28

Fax: +262 28 39 37

Romania bSchneider Electric Bd Ficusului n°42

Apimondia, Corp.A, et.1, Sector 1

Bucuresti

Tel.: +401 203 06 50

Fax: +401 232 15 98

www.schneider-electric.ro

Russian Federation bSchneider Electric ZAO Enisseyskaya 37

129 281 Moscow

Tel.: +7095 797 40 00

Fax: +7095 797 40 03

www.schneider-electric.ru

Rwanda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya

Samoa Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

San Marino Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Italy

Sandwich & Georgia island Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Sao Tome & Principe Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Senegal

Saudi Arabia bSchneider Electric Second Industrial City

P.O. Box 89249 - 11682 Riyadh

Tel.: +966 1 265 1515

Fax: +966 1 265 1860

Senegal bSchneider Electric Sénégal BP 15952 - Dakar-Fann

Rond point N'Gor - Dakar

Tel.: +221 820 68 05

Fax: +221 820 58 50

Seychelles Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Reunion

Sierra Leone Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ghana

Singapore bSchneider Electric Singapore Pte

Ltd

10 Ang Mo Kio Street 65

#02-17/20 TechPoint

Singapore 569059

Tel.: +65 484 78 77

Fax: +65 484 78 00

www.schneider-electric.com.sg

Slovak Republic bSchneider Electric Slovakia spol

s.r.o.

Borekova 10

SK-821 06 Bratislava

Tel. : +02 45 52 40 10 and 40 30

Fax : +02 45 52 40 00

www.schneider-electric.sk

Slovenia bSchneider Electric, d.o.o. Dunasjka 47

1000 Ljubljana

Tel. : +386 1 23 63 555

Fax : +386 1 23 63 559

www.schneider-electric.si

Solomon islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Somalia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt

South Africa bSchneider Electric South Africa

(PTY) Ltd

Private Bag X139

Halfway House

1685 - Midrand.

Tel.: +27 11 254 6400

Fax: +27 11 315 8830

www.schneider-electric.co.za

Spain bSchneider Electric España, S.A. Pl. Dr. Letamendi, 5-7

08007 Barcelona

Tel.: +34 93 484 3100

Fax: +34 93 484 3308

www.schneiderelectric.es

Sri Lanka bSchneider Electric Industries SA Liaison office SRI Lanka

Level 3B Valiant towers

46/7 Nawam Mawatha-Colombo 2

Tel. : +94 77 48 54 89 www.schneiderelectric-in.com

St Helena Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Italy

St Kitts & Nevis Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

St Lucia Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

St Pierre et Miquelon Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

St Vincent & Grenadines Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Sudan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Egypt

Suriname Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric United States

Svalbard & Jan Mayen isl. Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Denmark

Swaziland Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric South Africa

Sweden bSchneider Electric AB Djupdalsvägen 17/19

19129 Sollentuna

Tel.: +46 8 623 84 00

Fax: +46 8 623 84 85

www.schneider-electric.se

Switzerland bSchneider Electric (Switzerland)

S.A.

Schermenwaldstrasse 11

CH - 3063 Ittigen

Tel.: +41 31 917 3333

Fax: +41 31 917 3355

www.schneider-electric.ch

Syrian Arab Republic bSchneider Electric Syria Elba Street - Malki

Gheibeh and Qassas bldg, 1st floor

PO Box 33876-Damascus

Tel. : +963 11 37 49 88 00

Fax : +963 11 37 17 55 9

Schneider Electric worldwide

Up-dated: 30-07-2003

8/7

Taiwan, Republic of China bSchneider Electric Taiwan Co Ltd 2FI., N°37, Ji-Hu Road, Nei-Hu Dist.,

Taipei 114

Tel. : +886 2 8751 6388

Fax : +886 2 8751 6389

www.schneider-electric.com.tw

Tajikistan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Tanzania, United Rep. of Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya

Thailand bSchneider (Thailand) Ltd 20th Floor Richmond Building

75 Sukhumvit 26 Road, Klongtoey

Bangkok 10110

Tel.: +662 204 9888

Fax: +662 204 9816

www.schneider-electric.co.th

Togo Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Tokelau Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Tonga Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Trinidad & Tobago bSchneider Electric 6, 1st Street West Ext.

Beaulieu Avenue

Trincity Trinidad West Indies

Tel.: 1868 640 42 04

Fax: 1868 640 42 04

Tunisia bSchneider Electric Tunisia Rue du Lac Oubeira

1053 Les Berges du Lac - Tunis

Tel.: +216 71 960 477

Fax: +216 71 960 342

Turkey bSchneider Elektrik Sanayi Ve

Ticaret A.S.

Tütüncü Mehmet Efendi Cad. N°:110

Kat 1-2 - 81080 Göztepe – Istanbul

Tel.: +90 21 63 86 95 70

Fax: +90 21 63 86 38 75

www.schneiderelectric.com.tr

Turkmenistan bSchneider Electric Turkmenistan

Liaison Office

rue Neitralny Turkmenistan 28,

off.326/327

74 000 Achgabad

Tel. : +993 12 46 29 52

Fax : +993 12 46 29 52

Turks & Caicos islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Tuvalu Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Uganda Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Kenya

Ukraine bSchneider Electric Rue Krechtchalik 2

252601 Kiev

Tel.: +380 44 462 04 25

Fax: +380 44 462 04 24

www.schneider-electric.com.ua

United Arab Emirates bSchneider Electric Abu Dhabi PO Box 29580

Office Floor 2/Lulu Street

Al Marina Plaza Tower

Abu Dhabi

Tel.: +9712 6 339444

Fax: +9712 6 316606

United Kingdom bSchneider Electric Ltd Braywick House East

Windsor Road - Maidenhead

Berkshire SL6 1 DN

Tel.: +44 (0)1 628 508 500

Fax: +44 (0)1 628 508 508

www.schneider.co.uk

United States bSchneider Electric North American Division

1415 Roselle Road

Palatine - IL 60067

Tel.: +1 847 397 2600

Fax: +1 847 925 7500

www.squared.com

Uruguay bSchneider Electric Uruguay S.A. Ramon Masini 3190

Montevideo

Tel. : +59 82 707 2392

Fax : +59 82 707 2184

Uzbekistan Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Vanuatu Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Vatican city St./Holy See Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Italy

Venezuela bSchneider Mg SD TE, S.A Calle 162/ Piso 2

Edificio Centro Cynamid

La Urbina, 1070 - 75319 Caracas

Tel.: +58 2 241 13 44

Fax: +58 2 243 60 09

www.schneider-electric.com.ve

Viet Nam bR.R.O. of Schneider Electric

Industries S.A.S. in Viet Nam

Unit 2.9, 2nd Floor, e-Town Building

364 Cong Hoa Street

Tan Binh District - Ho Chi Minh City

Tel.: +84 8 8103 103

Fax: +84 8 8120 477

Virgin islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Wallis & Futuna islands Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Australia

Western Sahara Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric Morocco

Yemen Contacts are assured by Schneider Electric U.A.E.

Yugoslavia bSchneider Electric Jugoslavija

d.o.o.

Ratarski put 27d

11186 Belgrade

Tel.: +381 11 192 414

Fax: +381 11 107 125

Zambia bSchneider Zambia Zambia Office

c/o Matipi Craft Center Building

Plot 1036 - Accra Road

PO Box 22792 - Kitwe

Tel.: +260 222 22 52

Fax: +260 222 83 89

Zimbabwe bSchneider Electric Zimbabwe Liaison Office

75A Second Street

(corner Livingstone Avenue)

Harare

Tel.: +263 4 707 179/180

Fax: +263 4 707 176

Schneider Electric Industries SAS

Headquaters

89, bd Franklin Roosevelt

92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex

France

http://www.schneider-electric.com

Due to the evolving nature regarding both the standards and

equipment, we can only be held responsible for any technical

information detailed in this catalogue, either in text or graphic

form, following confirmation by our services.

Photos : Schneider Electric Industries

8502CT0401R10/05

January 2006

8502CT0401 118248 Catalog

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation